Sunteți pe pagina 1din 305

T

EN
M
CU

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

GROUND OPERATIONS
MANUAL

Eastern Airways
Schiphol House
Humberside Airport
Kirmington
North Lincolnshire
England
DN39 6YH
Tel: 08703 669 669
Fax: 08703 669 670

T
EN
M
CU
O
D
ED
O
LL

CO

TR

Eastern Airways is the trading name of Air Kilroe Ltd

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

DISTRIBUTION LIST
RECIPIENTS

FORMAT
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Hard - No.2
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Hard No 3
Hard No 5
Electronic
Hard No 4
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
C.D

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Ground Operations Manager


Quality Department
Director of Operations
Director of Flight Operations
Flight Safety Officer
Quality Manager
Maintenance Director
Head of Cabin Services
Humberside Operations
Aberdeen Manager
HUY Eastern check-in
HUY Ramp Team
Eastern Ops
Eastern Ticket Desk
Eastern Engineering
Eastern IAC Ops
AGS
Swissport
BAe Operations
Swissport
HIA Airport Operations / diversion handling for ABZ
Menzies Operations
Menzies Operations
Dalcross Logisitcs diversion for ABZ
MOD Ops
Swissport
LCY handling
Morbihan
Aero Handling / Eastern Airways Handling
Aviapartner
Swissport
Sky Services
Aviator
Norwich Handling Operations
MOD Ops
Serco Operations
Swissport
Loganair Operations
MAP handling
Eastern Passenger Services
Far North Aviation
BAe Systems
Authority Copy

CO

HUY
HUY
HUY
HUY
HUY
HUY
HUY
HUY
HUY
HUY
HUY
HUY
ABZ
ABZ
ABZ
ABZ
ABZ
BHX
CEG
CWL
DND
EMA
IOM
INV
KNF
LBA
LCY
LRT
LSI
LYS
MME
MXP
NCL
NWI
QCY
SCS
SOU
SYY
TLS
WIC
WIC
WTN
CAA

STATION

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DISTRIBUTION

DIST/1
180215

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

RECORD OF AMENDMENT
Amendments must be incorporated upon receipt and details entered below
DATE OF
AMENDMENT

DATE
INCORPORATED

ENTERED BY

SIGNATURE

RE-ISSUE
01/2015
01/2015a

120913
300115
100215

120913
060215
100215

Publications
Publications
Publications

ELH
MKM
EH/CH

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

AMENDMENT
NO

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


AMENDMENT

AMDT/1
100215

Ground Operations Manual

100215
100215
100215

ABB/1
ABB/2
ABB/3
ABB/4

300115
300115
300115
300115

1.1/1
1.2/1
1.3/1
1.4/1

300115
300115
300115
300115

2.1/1
2.2/1
2.2/2
2.2/3
2.2/4
2.2/5
2.2/6
2.2/7
2.2/8
2.2/9
2.2/10
2.2/11
2.2/12
2.2/13
2.2/14
2.2/15
2.2/16
2.2/17
2.2/18
2.2/19
2.2/20
2.2/21
2.2/22
2.2/23
2.3/1
2.3/2
2.3/3
2.3/4
2.3/5
2.3/6

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

N
CO

3.1/1
3.2/1
3.1/1
3.2/1
3.3/1
3.4/1
3.4/2
3.5/1
3.5/2
3.5/3
3.5/4
3.5/5
3.5/6
3.5/7
3A/1
3B/1
3.5/8
3.5/9
3.5/10
3.5/11
3.5/12
3.6/1
3.6/2
3.6/3

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


LOEP

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

4.1/1
4.2/1
4.2/2
4.2/3
4A/4
4.3/1
4.3/2
4.3/3
4.4/1
4.5/1
4.6/1
4.7/1
4.8/1

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

5.1/1
5.1/2
5.1/3
5.1/4
5.2/1
5.3/1
5.3/2
5.4/1
5.5/1
5.5/2
5.5/3
5.5/4
5A/1

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

CON/1
CON/2
CON/3

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

EN

100215
100215

3.7/1
3.8/1
3.8/2
3.8/3
3.9/1
3.10/1
3.10/2
3.11/1
3.12/1
3.13/1
3.13/2
3.13/3
3.13/4
3.14/1
3.14/2
3.15/1
3.15/2
3.16/1
3.17/1
3.18/1
3.18/2
3.19/1
3.20/1
3.21/1
3.21/2
3.22/1
3.23/1

LOEP/1
LOEP/2

100215

LL
E

AMDT/1

DATE
300115

TR

PAGE
DIST/1

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

2.3/7
2.3/8
2.3/9
2.3/10
2.3/11
2.3/12
2.3/13
2.3/14
2.3/15
2.3/16
2.3/17
2.3/18
2.3/19
2.3/20
2.3/21
2.3/22
2.3/23
2.3/24
2.3/24
2.4/1
2.4/2
2.4/3
2.4/4
2.4/5
2.4/6
2.4/7
2.4/8
2.4/9
2.4/10
2.4/11

LIST OF EFFECTIVE
PAGES

O
CU

Eastern airways

LOEP/1
100215

CO
N
U

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

9.1/1
9.1/2
9.1/3
9.1/4
9.1/5
9.1/6
9.1/7
9.1/8
9.1/9
9.1/10
9.1/11
9.1/12
9.1/13
9.1/14
9.1/15
9.1/16
9.1/17
9.1/18
9.1/19
9.1/20
9.1/21
9.1/22
9.1/23
9.1/24
9.2/1
9.2/2
9.2/3
9.3/1

010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


LOEP

010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414
010414

8.1/1
8.1/2
8.2/1
8.3/1
8.4/1

EN

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

9.3/2
9.3/3
9.3/4
9.3/5
9.3/6
9.3/7
9.3/8
9.3/9
9.4/1
9.4/2
9.4/3
9.4/4
9.4/5
9.4/6
9.4/7
9.4/8
9.5/1
9.5/2
9.5/3
9.5/4
9.6/1
9.6/2
9.6/3
9.6/4
9.6/5
9.6/6
9.6/7
9.6/8
9.6/9
9.7/1
9.7/2
9.7/3
9.8/1
9.9/1
9.9/2
9.9/3
9.9/4
9.9/5
9.9/6
9.9/7
9.9/8
9.10/1
9A/1
9A/2
9B/1
9B/2
9B/3
9B/4
9B/5
9B/6

O
CU

7.1/1
7.2/1
7.2/2
7.2/3
7.3/1
7.3/2
7.3/3
7.4/1
7.4/2
7.4/3
7.4/4

LL
E

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

6.1/1
6.2/1
6.3/1
6.4/1
6.5/1
6.6/1
6.7/1
6.8/1
6.9/1
6.10/1
6.11/1
6.12/1
6.13/1
6.13/2
6.13/3
6.13/4
6.14/1
6.14/2
6.14/3
6.14/4
6.14/5
6.14/6
6.14/7
6.14/8
6.14/9
6.14/10
6.14/11
6.14/12
6.14/13
6.15/1
6.15/2
6.15/3
6.15/4
6.15/5
6.15/6
6.16/1
6.17/2
6.17/3
6.17/4
6.17/5
6.17/6

6.17/7
6.17/8
6.17/9
6.17/10
6.18/1
6.19/1
6.19/2
6.19/3

TR

300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115
300115

5A/2
5A/3
5A/4
5.6/1
5.6/2
5.6/3
5.6/4
5.6/5
5.6/6
5.6/7
5.6/8
5.7/1
5.8/1

Ground Operations Manual

Eastern airways

LOEP/2
100215

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CONTENTS
Section 1 Introduction
1.1
GENERAL
1.2
CONTACT DETAILS
1.3
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
1.4
UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS

EN

Section 2 Aircraft Fleet Specifications


2.1
AIRCRAFT TYPES AND CONFIGURATION
2.2
BAe JETSTREAM 41 CHARACTERISTICS
2.3
SAAB 2000 CHARACTERISTICS
2.4
EMB135 / 145 CHARACTERISTICS

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

Section 3 Passenger Handling


3.1
CHECK IN TIMES
3.2
SEAT ALLOCATIONS
3.3
IDENTIFICATION
3.4
INFORMATION NOTICES AT CHECK-IN
3.5
SPECIAL PASSENGER TYPES inc Mobility Aids
3.6
CABIN BAGGAGE
3.7
HOLD BAGGAGE
3.8
FIREARMS
3.9
DISRUPTION PROCEDURES
3.10
WEIGHT PROBLEMS & OFFLOAD PRIORITIES
3.11
DENIED BOARDING
3.12
DIVERSIONS
3.13
DELAYS AND CANCELLATIONS
3.14
PASSENGER CARE POST DISRUPTION
3.15
LOST BAGGAGE
3.16
FLIGHT DISRUPTION REPORT
3.17
BOARDING ANNOUNCEMENTS
3.18
PUNCTUALITY & GROUND HANDLING PERFORMANCE
3.19
COMMUNICATIONS WITH EASTERN AIRWAYS OPERATIONS
3.20
BOARDING SEQUENCE
3.21
TRANSIT FLIGHTS
3.22
PASSENGER COMPLAINTS AND COMMENTS
3.23
CONDITIONS OF CARRIAGE
Section 4 Freight and Company Mail
4.1
CARRIAGE OF GOODS BY AIR
4.2
TYPES OF FREIGHT
4.3
SPECIFIC CARRIAGE OF ITEMS ON AICRAFT
4.4
CARGO CARRIAGE PROCEDURES / CARGO CONTRACTS
4.5
BAGGAGE LOSS / DAMAGE
4.6
TRANSIT FLIGHTS - BAGGAGE
4.7
CARGO LOADING / OFFLOADING
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
CONTENTS

CON/1
100215

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Section 5 Operations and Load Control


5.1
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL
5.2
WEIGHT TERMINOLOGY
5.3
FUEL TERMINOLOGY
5.4
FUEL POLICY
5.5
BAe JETSTREAM 41 OPERATIONS
5.6
SAAB 2000 OPERATIONS
5.7
MOVEMENT MESSAGES
5.8
CREW WEATHER PACKS

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Section 6 Ramp Handling


6.1
ESCORT AND SUPERVISION OF PASSENGERS ON THE RAMP
6.2
PREPARATION OF STAND
6.3
AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT DURING TURNAROUND PROCEDURES
6.4
ANTI-COLLISION BEACON
6.5
CHOCKING OF AIRCRAFT
6.6
POSITIONING
OF
GROUND
HANDLING
VEHICLES
AND
EQUIPMENT
6.7
GROUND POWER
6.8
AIR START UNIT
6.9
FUELLING WITH PASSENGERS ON BOARD
6.10
SERVICING OF UNATTENDED AIRCRAFT
6.11
PRE-DEPARTURE WALKROUND
6.12
RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT BY DISPATCHER
6.13
PUSHBACK / TOWING / TOWBARS/POWERBACK PROCEDURES
6.14
AIRCRAFT REFUELLING
6.15
TOILET SERVICING PROCEDURES
6.16
INTERIOR CLEANING SPECIFICATION
6.17
WEATHER PRECAUTIONS
6.18
BALLAST / HOLD BAGGAGE REPORTING
6.19
CATERING OF AIRCRAFT

CO

Section 7 Winter Operations


7.1
WINTER OPERATION AND AIRCRAFT DE-ICING
7.2
DE-ICING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES
7.3
DE-ICING FLUIDS
7.4
SAAB2000 SPECIFIC WINTER OPERATION REQUIREMENTS
Section 8 Security and Auditing
8.1
GROUND HANDLING AUDITS
8.2
STAFF TRAINING SECURITY
8.3
AIRCRAFT SECURITY
8.4
IDENTITY CHECKS
Section 9 Dangerous Goods and Weapons
9.1
POLICY ON THE TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS
9.2
DUTIES OF ALL PERSONNEL INVOLVED
9.3
DANGEROUS GOOD CARGO REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCEPTANCE
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
CONTENTS

CON/2
100215

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

RECOGNITION OF UNDECLARED DANGEROUS GOODS


EMERGENCY SITUATION
CARRIAGE OF MUNITIONS OF WAR AND SPORTING WEAPONS
TERMINOLOGY
AIRPORT GROUND ACCIDENT / INCIDENT PROCEDURES
SPECIAL NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS IN THE EVENT OF AN
ACCIDENT OR OCCURRENCE WHEN DANGEROUS GOODS ARE
BEING CARRIED OR HAVE BEEN OFFERED FOR AIR TRANSPORT
WITHOUT HAVING BEEN PREPARED AND DECLARED IN
ACCORDANCE
WITH
THE
IATA
DANGEROUS
GOODS
REGULATIONS, ALL MORS INCIDENTS ARE TO BE REPORTED

9.10

TRAINING FOR TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS

APP. A

DANGEROUS GOODS CLASSES / PACKING GROUPS

APPB

ASR / GSR / MSR FORMS

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CONTENTS

CON/3
100215

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

ABBREVIATIONS, DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS

EN

The angle between the aircrafts normal, or vertical, axis and the
earths vertical plane containing the aircrafts longitudinal axis.
The time i.e. blox time or blocks time or similarly, off
blox/blocks time that represents the time the aircraft arrives at the
stand and shuts down engines at the completion of a flight sector, or
the time at which the aircraft commences pushback (or taxi if power
in/power out) at the commencement of a flight sector being the off
blox or off blocks time
Aircraft partition or wall
Pressure inside the cabin (expressed as the equivalent atmospheric
pressure at a given altitude- e.g. cabin pressurised to 10,000 ft)
Wedges used to prevent aircraft movement in the event of brake
failure placed in front and/or behind, aircraft wheels (tyres)
Elapsed time between off-chocks and next on-chocks (also may be
referred to as offblox and on-blox and/or blox to blox)
Altitude for the majority of a flight
A crew member positioning on duty, travelling as a passenger
Flight to a lower altitude/flight level
Door with escape slide fitted with automatic deployment disabled
(set to manual) (girt bar retracted and out of and away from floor
brackets)
Direction in which the wind is blowing
Non-perishable items i.e. tea, coffee, sugar, etc.)
A moveable horizontal surface attached to the back of the stabiliser
A positioning flight (i.e. operated empty of commercial load under
normal circumstances)
Part of aircraft providing for greater flight control at slower speeds
Front of aircraft also fore (as in fore and aft)
Process of removal of excess fuel from the aircraft
Body of an aircraft
Kitchen area of an aircraft and used for meal preparation and/or
storage
Rubbish/waste bag
The angle of descent during an aircrafts approach to land

LL
E

CO

Chock to
Chock
Cruise
Deadhead
Descent
Disarmed

TR

Chocks

Bulkhead
Cabin

Blox/Blocks

Aisle
Anti-Collision
Light (or
Anti-Collision
Beacon)
Bank

Definition
Flights not rostered (one-off charters)
Rear of Aircraft (as in fore (forward) and aft)
Part of aircraft wing (used to control aircraft turning in flight)
Left hand side of the aircraft (see also Portside)
Right hand side of the aircraft (see also Starboard)
Metal or fibreboard container used for the storage of catering
Area(s) of an airport beyond the customs, immigration and/or
security checkpoint(s) that usual constitute the security restricted
area opposite of landside
Gangway between seats in cabin of aircraft
Red Strobe (flashing) beacon (light) on the underside and top of the
fuselage

O
CU

Term
Adhoc
Aft
Aileron
Aircraft
Aircraft
Airlarder
Airside

Downwind
Dry Store(s)
Elevator
Ferry

Flap
Forward
Fuel Jettison
Fuselage
Galley
Gashbag
Glide

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


ABBREVIATIONS, DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS

ABB/1
300115

Eastern airways
Hangar
Hold

Holding
Hotac
Interline Pax

Covered parking space for aircraft, usually enclosed


Stowage area for baggage, cargo, mail, etc. usually divided into
compartments within each hold e.g. forward hold containing
compartments 1 and 2 and aft hold containing compartments 3 and
4 (and possibly, 5)
Aircraft circling in the vicinity of the airport of destination, awaiting
turn in the queue to land
Hotel Accommodation
Passenger transferring from one airline to another as part of a
through journey
The aircraft undercarriage
Foremost portion of the wing, located at the very front of the wing
More formally, a leg is an individual component of a journey whereas
a sector is a starting point and a stopping point which may cover a
number of legs in between e.g. LHR-FRA-CDG whereby there are
two legs LHR-FRA and FRA-CDG but a sector or segment can be
LHR-FRA or LHR-CDG or FRA-CDG.
Document detailing the aircraft load by weight and distribution
including all traffic load, company stores, fuel, oil, etc and specifying
the aircraft centre of gravity, Mean Aerodynamic Chord (%MAC) at
both take-off and zero fuel weight and specifying the actual weights
relative to maximum structural or regulated take-off weight, zero
fuel weight, landing weight, taxi weight and total fuel (loadsheet
fuel) and trip fuel or burnoff
Usually used to indicate the time of day or night at the location of
departure or arrival as in local time or by specifying a time
followed by the word local (GMT and/or UTC is referred to as Zulu
time)
List of passengers on board. For international flights must follow the
requirements of ICAO specified in Annex 9 to the Chicago
Convention (1944), specifically in Appendix 2. Other relevant
documents are also contained in the other appendices to Annex 9
(e.g. cargo manifest, general declaration, etc.)
Sometimes spelled NOSHO or Nosho and represents a
booked/ticketed passenger who does not arrive in time or check in
for the flight. A passenger that does check in and subsequently does
not board (and may be offloaded along with their baggage if not
located)
Actual time that aircraft moves from the parking stand for departure
(as in the time that pushback commences or if taxiing out under own
power from power-in-power-out stand). May also be referred to as
off-blox
To remove, passengers, cargo, mail, catering and/or company stores
or other items of traffic load from an aircraft e.g. 120 kg of
company stores were offloaded due to aircraft weight restrictions
Actual time that aircraft comes to a standstill at the parking stand
may also be referred to as on-blox
Also referred to as oversold but represents a situation where more
passengers are booked than there are saleable seats available/fitted
to the aircraft
Passenger(s)
Ventral hand baggage pod located aft of the wing

EN

Landing gear
Leading Edge
Leg/Sector
(Segment)

Ground Operations Manual

O
CU

Loadsheet

LL
E

Local

TR

Manifest

CO

No Show

Off Chocks

Offload
On Chocks
Overbooked
Pax

POD

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


ABBREVIATIONS, DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS

ABB/2
300115

Eastern airways
Positioning

Ground Operations Manual

Stopover

A flight or journey with no passengers to a specific location to pick


up passengers and/or an aircraft
Where an aircraft is pushed by a tug from a nose in parking stand
onto a taxiway or other part of the surface movement area where
the aircraft may proceed from under its own power of course
Aircraft parking area technically the apron is where aircraft park
but it is generally referred to as the ramp and specific aircraft
parking locations (usually defined by painted borders and nose-in
guidelines/equipment limit lines) are referred to as a stand and in
some locations a bay or gate
Programme of duties over a defined period of time, usually in weeks
or months
A moveable vertical surface attached to the rear of the horizontal
stabiliser and used to provide yaw control by changing the angle of
attack of the rudder when controls are manipulated the rudder,
horizontal stabiliser and the rearmost portion of the fuselage to
which they are attached is referred to as the empennage quite
often the APU (auxiliary power unit) and the flight recorders are
located in this region as well
Strip of pavement or other surface appropriate to the aircraft type in
use that is used by aircraft to take-off and land sometimes called a
landing strip
Situated on the leading edge of the wing, slats work in conjunction
with the flaps to improve lift at slower speeds by smoothing the
airflow over the leading edge to augment the amount of lift
The place at which there is a change of crew and in some
circumstances where the incoming crew slip for a night or number
of nights before operating another service out of that station or
positioning to home base
Any day or night stop abroad or within the United Kingdom

AOC
AMC
ARA
ARO
ASR
ATC
ATO
CAA
CAME
CAT
CCI
CFMU
CG
DG
EASA
EMB135/145
FCI
FOD
FOI

Air Operators Certificate


Acceptable Means of Compliance
Authority Requirements for Aircrew
Authority Requirements for Air Operations
Air Safety Reports
Air Traffic Control
Approved Training Organisation
Civil Aviation Authority (UK)
Continuing Airworthiness Management Exposition
Commercial Air Transport
Cabin Crew Instruction
Central Flow Management Unit
Centre of Gravity
Dangerous Goods
European Aviation Safety Agency
Embraer Aircraft
Flight Crew Instruction
Foreign Object Debris
Flight Operations Inspector

Pushback
Ramp/Stand

Roster

Runway

LL
E

TR

CO

Slip Station

Slats

O
CU

EN

Rudder

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


ABBREVIATIONS, DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS

ABB/3
300115

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

Flight Simulator Training Device Aeroplane


Ground Handling Instruction
Ground Handling Manual
Ground Operations Manual
Ground Power Unit
Ground Safety Report
International Air Transport Association
International Civil Aviation Organisation
Instruments Data and Equipment
Jetstream 41 Aircraft
Low Visibility Procedures
Mass And Balance
Minimum Equipment List
Manuals, Logs and Records
Master Minimum Equipment List
Maintenance Organisation Exposition
Mandatory Occurrence Report
Multi Pilot Aircraft
Management System Manual
Management System Notice
National Aviation Authorities
Notice of Proposed Amendment
Operating Procedure
Organisation Requirements for Aircrew
Air Operations
Organisation Requirements for Air Operations
Performance Based Navigation
Performance and Operating Limitations
Passenger of Reduced Mobility
Rectification Interval Extension
Saab 2000 Aircraft
Security
Safety Management System
Specific Approvals

FSTD A
GHI
GHM
GOM
GPU
GSR
IATA
ICAO
IDE
J41
LVP
MAB
MEL
MLR
MMEL
MOE
MOR
MPA
MSM
MSN
NAA
NPA
OP
ORA
OPS
ORO
PBN
POL
PRM
RIE
SB20
SEC
SMS
SPA

Ground Operations Manual

EN

Eastern airways

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


ABBREVIATIONS, DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS

ABB/4
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 GENERAL
The Ground Operations Manual contains information for handling agents
involved in Eastern Airways scheduled and ad-hoc charter operations.
Handling agents should use the information contained in the IATA Airport
Handling Manual (AHM) alongside the content of this manual.

EN

Acceptance of a handling request from Eastern Airways shall be treated as an


agents acceptance of the procedures contained within this manual. It shall be
the responsibility of the relevant Station Manager to ensure handling activities
and staff responsibilities are carried out in accordance with the scope
contained within the latest downloaded copy of this manual and Ground
Handling Instructions (GHI).

O
CU

The handling agent is responsible for ensuring that its staff are aware of the
content and location of the Eastern Airways GOM & applicable Eastern Airways
GHI, and that where necessary, the content has been integrated with the
handling agents training and procedures.

LL
E

Disclosure of Client Information on Social Networking Sites


Eastern Airways is committed to safeguarding the privacy of our clients during
both Charter and Scheduled Operations. All staff must be aware of the risks
and consequences of deliberately or inadvertently disclosing information about
the identity and location of our customers whilst using social networking sites.

CO

TR

With the current tendency towards the erosion of privacy safeguards, any
information posted on networking sites has an ever increasing potential to be
distributed far more widely than intended. All staff members must respect our
obligations to client confidentiality and understand that this is an important
facet of the service that we provide.

WARNING: This document is distributed to external service providers using


the internet and if printed becomes an uncontrolled document. Agents are to
ensure that they have access to the latest version of this document for any
planned operation involving an Eastern Airways aircraft.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
GENERAL

PAGE 1.1/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

1.2 CONTACT DETAILS


Eastern Airways is based at Humberside International Airport in North
Lincolnshire.
Eastern Airways
Schiphol House
Humberside International Airport
Kirmington
DN39 6YH

Headquarters Switchboard:

Tel: +44 1652 688886


Fax: +44 1652 680899

Operations:

Tel: +44 1652 688405


Fax: +44 1652 680899
SITA: HUYOOT3

Reservations:

Tel:

Engineering:

Tel: +44 1652 680693


Fax: +44 1652 688300

Ground Services Manager:

Tel:

EN
M

LL
E

+44 1652 681436


07867 392740
Fax: +44 1652 680899
Postal address as above

Air Kilroe Limited trading as Eastern Airways


Limited

TR

Full name:

CO

Website:

O
CU

08703 669100
+44 1652 680600
Fax: +44 1652 680606
SITA: HUYRRT3

Headquarters Address:

IATA Designator:

www.easternairways.com
T3
EZE

Call-sign:

Eastflight

ICAO code:

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CONTACT INFORMATION

PAGE 1.2/1
300115

Eastern airways
1.3

Ground Operations Manual

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

Eastern Airways ensures the highest standards achievable for each and every
customer, to ensure they want to fly with Eastern Airways on a repeated
basis. Therefore, consistency of service must also be a feature inherent in our
daily operation.
Our core principles are:

Safety
Punctuality
Service
Reliability
Value

EN

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

Safety

O
CU

will always be our number one and unquestioned priority. This is


paramount to running both a successful and trusted service. By operating
modern, exceptionally well maintained aircraft and ensuring training to the
very highest standards, this will always underline our focus on delivering an
entirely safe operation on the ground and in the air.

Punctuality

LL
E

in the marketplace we operate within is paramount to our


customers reaching their destinations as required and repeatedly selecting
our services ahead of our competition. Wherever possible we shall do all
possible to ensure our aeroplanes are operating on or as close to schedule as
is possible.

Service - When traveling with Eastern Airways, we want to ensure a service

CO

TR

that is above and beyond not only our competition, but any expectations
levels passengers could have on a regional service.
We regard our
aeroplanes as flying lounges & thus treat our customers as privileged guests
on-board. From in-flight product to staff service delivery, this should always
be of an impeccable standard leaving our customers comfortable and having
enjoyed their time with Eastern Airways.

Reliability

- is fundamental to all parts of the service delivery chain. We


do pride ourselves on offering not only a punctual but also a reliable schedule.
We will always do our utmost to avoid cancellation as this is a failure to
deliver the service we have offered our customers, even if this does mean
operating later than scheduled. This will give our customers confidence that
subject to matters outside of our control, we will fly our customer between
the points booked.

Value - Not at the

foot of the list because it is least important, but if any of


the previous four aims are sacrificed, value will not be perceived to have been
gained from the customers perspective. If we achieve our primary aims, then
we will have delivered value in terms of meeting the customers expectation.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION

PAGE 1.3/1
300115

Eastern airways
1.4

Ground Operations Manual

UNIFORM REQUIREMENTS

The aim of this section is to highlight the importance of maintaining the


highest standards of uniform presentation, whether an employee of Eastern
Airways or representative of Eastern Airways.
It is Eastern Airways aim to strive for excellence by achieving high standards
of service. Our customers form part of their impression of the airline from
the staff they meet throughout their journey.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern Airways expects the highest standard of service and presentation


from our handling agents at all times. Employees of Eastern Airways must
conform to the Eastern Airways uniform guide available on the company
intranet.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


UNIFORMS

PAGE 1.4/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

SECTION 2 AIRCRAFT FLEET SPECIFICATIONS


2.1 AIRCRAFT TYPES AND CONFIGURATION
Aircraft operated by Eastern Airways are:
BAe Jetstream 41
29 Seats
SAAB 2000

50 Seats

EN

Embraer 135

O
CU

35 Seats
Embraer 145

CO

TR

LL
E

50 Seats

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


AIRCRAFT FLEET LIST

PAGE 2.1/1
300115

Eastern airways
2.2

Ground Operations Manual

BAE JETSTREAM 41 CHARACTERISTICS


Dimensions

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

2.2.1

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

LL
E

O
CU

EN

2.2.2
Aircraft seating configuration
Eastern Airways operates a one class configuration on all BAe J41 Aircraft.

CO

TR

BAe Jetstream 41 seating configuration.

Cabin passenger Capacity:


Cabin Crew:
Flight Deck:

29
1
2

Seat Pitch standard:


Seat Pitch at Emergency Exits:

77cm (31 inches)


92cm (37 inches)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Cabin Configuration:
No. of Rows
Main Baggage hold capacity:
Main Baggage hold door:
Ventral Hand Baggage pod:
Ventral Hand Baggage door:

2 seats / aisle / 1 seat


10 (double seats)
9 (single seats)
4.81 m3 (170 ft3)
1.22 x 1.32 m (48x 52)
1.35 m3 (47.5 ft3)
0.43 x 1.02 m (172 x 40)

Passenger headroom:
Aisle Width:

1.78 m (5 10)
0.45 m (17.74)

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

BAE JETSTREAM 41 AIRCRAFT WITH THE CABIN CREW MEMBER


SEATED ON A SPECIFIED SEAT AT THE REAR OF THE CABIN

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/3
300115

Eastern airways
2.2.3

Ground Operations Manual

Doors and Holds

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

J41 diagram indicating location of doors and holds

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/4
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Jetstream 41 Passenger Boarding Door


All Jetstream 41 aircraft have a main access door situated at the forward left
hand side of the aircraft. Instructions for opening are placarded on the
external and internal surfaces of the aircraft. No inflatable escape slides are
fitted to the aircraft.
This door is hinged at the bottom to open outwards and downwards and
contains integral steps.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

WARNING: There may be a requirement for the passenger door to be


opened or closed by a member of ground crew or engineers. This should only
be attempted with proper guidance or training. On arrival on stand, ground
staff should never open the passenger door without the prior knowledge or
approval of either the Captain or member of flight crew.

WARNING: It is now a requirement that all personnel entering and exiting


company aircraft must hold the handrail. If for any reason a person needing
to gain access to or exit from our aircraft without being able to hold the
handrail [e.g. Caterers or Engineers with large objects] then the requirement
must be risk assessed and deemed safe/acceptable in advance by the relevant
department.
In order to help reinforce this policy, aircrew are to periodically discuss this
requirement as part of their routine pre-flight safety brief.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/5
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Passenger door operation

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

The passenger door is opened by lifting the handle into the upward open
position then pulling the door outwards and it should be gently lowered.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/6
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Baggage Hold Doors


The Baggage Hold Doors give access to the main and ventral baggage bays.
A single door is installed for access to the main baggage bay.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Two doors are installed for access to the ventral baggage bays (POD).

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/7
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Main Hold Door operation

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

The door handle will be flush with the door when in the locked position.
To unlock, lift handle and pull. To open door rotate handle.

Baggage Pod Door


A plug type rear baggage bay door is situated on the left hand side of
the rear fuselage. A safety block operated by a red lever situated on
the door rear track must be released to allow the door to fully run to the
bottom of the track on closing the door.
These doors are located to the rear of the wing, slightly forward of the
main baggage hold door on the LH and RH side of the ventral pod..
To open this door, lever handle away from door, and pull downwards.
This gives access to an unpressurised compartment of 1.35 m3 (47.5
ft3) located aft of the wing. It has a sill height of 1.01m (40 inches) & a
MAXIMUM load of 158kg (350lb).
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/8
300115

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

WARNING: Only persons trained in the operation of the aircraft doors and
holds may operate them. Persons operating doors and holds must ensure
correct operation and report any damage to the Captain.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/9
300115

Eastern airways
2.2.4

Ground Operations Manual

Ground Power Connection

LL
E

O
CU

EN

A 28 V DC ground power unit (GPU) socket is located on the right side


of the fuselage adjacent to the nose wheel bay or on specific J41s, aft
of the wing.
A GPU capable of sustaining at least 27 volts DC at a peak of 2300
amps must only be used for starting.

GPU socket forward of


the nose wheel bay
(G-JA, JB, JC, JD, JE, JG,
JH, JI, JJ, JK, JL)

CO

TR

GPU socket aft of the aircraft wing


(G-JU, JW, JY, JZ)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/10
300115

Eastern airways
2.2.5

Ground Operations Manual

Jetstream 41 Service points

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

The diagram below shows the location of various servicing points on the J41
aircraft.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/11
300115

Eastern airways
2.2.6

Ground Operations Manual

Galley Equipment

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

A schematic diagram of the Galley structure is shown below. It provides


storage facilities for hot & cold drinks plus light snacks.
Stowage for two hot water urns is also located behind a double latched
door. These urns are part of the airframe and must not be removed
from the aircraft

WARNING: These urns push onto electrical fitments so every care must
be taken on their fitment or removal so as not to damage the socket.
Each urn serial number is assigned and considered part of the airframe
and if removed, must be returned.

WARNING: During winter months, parked aircraft can experience


reduced temperatures within the cabin causing any water in the aircraft
urns to freeze.
In order to prevent this, any aircraft parked overnight or longer must
have any water emptied. Empty urns must remain on the aircraft.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/12
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Decals/placards will be used on-board, which will clearly demonstrate the


system is in-operative. The decals/placards will be placed in the toilet above
the sink, flight deck, galley sink/shut off value area and next to the water
indication panel in the galley. The system shall be drained.
To ensure the on-board service is not affected, Catering suppliers are
requested to supply an increased provision of hot water to the SB20 aircraft
before departure.
The required uplift is:
1 urn and 4 vacuum flasks (2L) with hot water to cover a 2 sector rotation.

Toilet Servicing Point

O
CU

2.2.7

EN

On occasions where the aircraft operates more than 2 sectors before reaching
a catering station, the Flight Crew may request additional hot water uplift as
required.

CO

TR

LL
E

Located to the rear of the wing on the rear left side of the lower external
baggage bay fairing is the Toilet Service Panel. This consists of a toilet waste
ground draining location and a sluice/charge fluid charging connection.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/13
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Placard Instructions can be found inside the access panel to assist in toilet
servicing.
Do not let the toilet fluid get on the aircraft structure. Remove the leakage of
toilet fluid immediately.
Toilet fluid can cause corrosion of aircraft structure.
For guidance on servicing of the toilet refer to servicing instructions Section
6.15
2.2.8

Passenger Baggage Stowage and Distribution

EN

Where possible, the stowage of all cabin baggage will be in the ventral hand
baggage pod located aft of the wing. This will be up to a maximum of 158kg
(350lb). Beyond this weight any baggage must then be stowed in the main
hold.

LL
E

O
CU

As passenger hand baggage on Eastern Airways Jetstream 41 aircraft is


loaded in the ventral hand baggage pod, a covered baggage trolley must
remain at the side of the aircraft so that passengers can place baggage in it
when boarding.
Upon arrival, passengers will be held on board the aircraft until the pod has
been unloaded and the baggage trolley placed at the front of the aircraft for
the passengers collection.
It is important that handling agents offload the pod baggage without delay.

CO

TR

Where Eastern Airways have provided valet trollies, the handling agent must
ensure that they are clean and serviceable prior to use. When not in use,
covers must be used to protect the interior from being contaminated.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/14
300115

Eastern airways
2.2.9

Ground Operations Manual

Cargo Loading Limitations

EN

The maximum permissible loads and intensity of floor loading for the various
compartments are shown in the table.

AREAS

O
CU

Figure 5 - Compartment Load Areas

FLOOR LOAD LIMITS

lb / ft2 lb / ft Run kg / ft2 kg / ft Run kg / m2 kg / m Run


75.0

86.3

34.0

39.1

366.2

128.4

75.0

132.5

34.0

60.1

366.2

197.2

60.0

202.2

27.2

91.7

292.9

300.9

75.0

136.6

34.0

61.9

366.2

203.2

75.0

45.9

34.0

20.8

366.2

68.3

60.0

87.5

27.2

39.7

292.9

130.2

87.2

27.2

39.6

292.9

129.8

LL
E

TR
N

CO
60.0

Baggage Areas

Volume M2 Max. Weight (Kgs)

Forward Right Wardrobe

0.61

45.4

Hold 4 (Ventral Baggage Bay)

1.35

158.8

4.8

330

Hold 6 (Rear Baggage Compartment)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/15
300115

Eastern airways
2.2.10

Ground Operations Manual

Securing of Dangerous Goods

The following process must be followed in order to ensure safe carriage of


Dangerous Goods (DG) in the hold of the Jetstream 41 aircraft.
The hold of the J41 aircraft contains retaining rings that the ratchet restraints
fit into. The ramp agent loading the Dangerous Goods must ensure that the
retaining rings are free from dirt and debris to ensure correct fitting.

LL
E

O
CU

EN

NOTE: At this time only some J41 aircraft have retaining rings. DG
must not be carried on aircraft without retaining rings

J41 retaining rings

CO

TR

The ratchet restraints are slid into place in the restraining ring until they are
securely fitted. Ensure that there is no play when fitted otherwise they may
come loose in flight.

Ratchet restraints fitted into the retaining ring

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/16
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

EN

The loader must ensure that the DG is kept separate from the hold luggage so
as not to become obstructed. It is recommended that the DG is loaded last so
as not to cause an obstruction for the loading of hold luggage. There are six
retaining rings available for securing.

O
CU

DG tied down

Adjust the straps to suit the size / number of Dangerous Goods packages
being loaded to ensure that there is no movement. Ensure that the tension
placed on the straps does not compromise the integrity of the packaging.

LL
E

Two retaining straps must be used (corner to corner) to secure the


package(s) and must not obscure the packaging labels.

NOTE: This process must also be used to secure mobility aids

CO

TR

When not in use, the retaining straps must be stored in the strap bag and
kept in the hold of the aircraft (located in the POD). The straps must not be
removed from the aircraft as they are considered part of the airframe.

Strap bag
Prior to a handling agent securing Dangerous Goods in the hold of the J41
aircraft, training on the use of the straps and securing locations must have
been received from Eastern Airways.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/17
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

The following checks must be carried out on the straps prior to use:

A visual check of the straps must be carried out before use to ensure that
the straps have not been damaged. If damage is noted, then they must
not be used and must be reported to the Captain.
Check the service date (straps have a 2 year service life from the date on
the strap).
Engineering will be responsible for checking that the correct compliment of
straps is in the strap bag on a nightly basis.
Aircraft Movement During Turnaround Procedures

2.2.11

Fuelling With Passengers On Board

2.2.12

O
CU

EN

Staff should be aware that aircraft may move during a turnaround process as
passengers disembark or board, baggage and catering is loaded/offloaded etc.
Whilst not particularly noticeable with a Jetstream aircraft, servicing personnel
should be aware that they should not position any unnecessary vehicle or
equipment under the fuselage of the aircraft or under the path of the aircraft
door. They should exercise extreme caution when removing vehicles or
equipment.

2.2.13

TR

LL
E

Eastern Airways policy is that fuelling with passengers on board the Jetstream
41 is allowed. This must comply with the Airfield Operating criteria, however
the captain of the aircraft must first be made aware this is the intention & any
passengers boarded advised of the situation.
Refer to Section 6.9 for the procedure.
Push Back towing procedures/powerback

CO

For general ground handling procedures on pushback / towing / powerback


see Section 6.13

Shear Pins
To protect the aircraft legs from being overstressed when connected to
pushback tugs, tow bars have weak links incorporated in them called shear
pins. Shear pins are designed to break at certain stresses. If a shear pin
breaks on pushback and the tow bar remains attached, the tug should be
slowed and stopped, and the flight deck informed. A GSR must be completed
and faxed to Eastern Airways Safety department on 0844 583 4730.
Precautions during Pushback Procedures
In areas where the ramp / taxiway is intersected by drainage gullies (or
similar) the aircraft wheels should be clear of these areas before the tug is
disconnected.
The last few feet of any pushback or towing operation should be in a straight
line to ensure that the aircraft wheels and tow bar are straight. Failure to
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/18
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

comply may lead to the tow bar swinging into a straight position once it is
disconnected from the tug, which may cause injury.
Ground Crew Intercom
A ground crew jack box is located on the nose undercarriage

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Towing Aircraft

WARNING: Do NOT move the aircraft until 15 minutes after the electrical power is
removed. The aircraft navigation system contains gyros. You can cause damage to
the gyros if the aircraft is moved before the gyros have stopped.
Do NOT move the aircraft with the main entrance door open. The movement of the
aircraft when the brakes are on can cause damage to the door.
Do NOT tow the aircraft with a nosewheel steering angle greater than 100 degrees
on each side of the aircraft centreline. Damage to the steering housing can be
caused.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/19
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

1) Install the ground locks and the tow bar:


a) Install the ground locks in the landing gear
b)
c)
d)
e)

Put the tow bar in position


Put the attachment head in position on the towing lug (4)
Install the pin
Connect the tow bar to the tractor
4

LL
E

O
CU

EN

2) Prepare to tow the aircraft:


(a) In the flight compartment, on the lower centre panel, make sure
the brake pressure gage shows a minimum of 700 PSI
(b)
Put a person in the flight compartment that can operate the
brakes
(c) Make sure there is a voice communication between the:
Person that operates the tractor and the person that

operates the brakes

Person approved for the towing operation and the person


that operates the brakes

Person approved for the towing operation and the person


that operates the tractor
(d) Make sure there are persons to monitor the clearance at the:
Left and the right wing tip
Rear of the aircraft fuselage

CO

TR

3) Tow the aircraft:


(a) Set the PARK BRAKE to OFF and tow the aircraft to its new
location
(b)
Make sure the towing speed is not more than 5 mph (8 km/h)
(c)
Make sure the nose landing-gear wheels align with the aircraft
centre line for the last 15 ft (5 m) of movement
(d)
When the aircraft is at its new location:

Make sure the nose landing-gear wheels are in the centre


position
Set the PARK BRAKE to ON

4) Remove the tow bar:


(a) Support the tow bar (3)
(b) Remove the pin (1)
(c) Disconnect the attachment head (2) from the towing lug (4)
(d) Remove the tow bar (3)
5) Put the chocks in position, in front of and behind, the main and the nose
landing-gear wheels:
(a) Set the PARK BRAKE to OFF

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/20
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Tow head attachment diagram:

CO

Powerbacks / Aircraft Reversing Under Own Power


Jetstream 41 aircraft are able to reverse using the reverse thrust facility.
When the option to self manoeuvre forward is not available

1.

Power back operations for our aircraft are only to be carried out:
2.

Subject to local regulations and ATC approval

3.

At the discretion of the Captain

4.

If the following Marshalling Procedures are applied:

All communication between the marshaller and the Captain must be


by standard hand signals (IATA/ICAO)
Ground crew should consist of a minimum of 2 persons (i.e. a
marshaller and a banksman)
To terminate the power back, only the come straight ahead signal
is to be given to the flight deck. The stop signal must only be
given when the aircraft has achieved forward motion.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/21
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Remove the chock aft of the nosewheel & position the chock fore of
the nosewheel approximately 15cm (6 inches) ahead of the wheel
before the procedure commences

2.3.14 Jetstream 41 Aircraft Manoeuvrability


When taxying with the nosewheel in the MAXIMUM lock of 85, the aircraft
can be turned within a 113ft diameter circle (wing tip).
The nose leg will be steerable through a nominal angle of +/- 85. The nose
wheel will not be free to castor outside this range without disconnecting the
steering mechanism.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Care should be taken to ensure the space within which an aircraft is being
asked to taxy is sufficient to allow such a manoeuvre.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/22
300115

Eastern airways
Danger Areas

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

2.2.15

Ground Operations Manual

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


JETSTREAM 41

PAGE 2.2/23
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

2.3 SAAB 2000 CHARACTERISTICS


Dimensions

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

2.3.1

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

2.3.2 Aircraft Seating Configurations


All cabins operate in a full leather single class cabin with a generous seat
pitch.

CO

Saab 2000:

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Cabin passenger Capacity:


Cabin Crew:
Flight Deck:
Seat Pitch standard:
Seat Pitch at Emergency Exits:
Cabin Configuration:
No. of Rows

50 (fifty)
1-2
2
85cm (34 inches)
115cm (42 inches)
2 seats / aisle / 1 seat
17 (double seats) Row 13 does not exist
16 (single seats)
8.50 m3 (300 ft3)

Main Baggage hold capacity:

Aircraft Doors and Holds

TR

2.3.3

LL
E

O
CU

EN

The Saab 2000 aircraft can operate with either single or dual cabin crew, one
of which can be seated at the front of the cabin adjacent to the main cabin
door, the second at the rear of the cabin.

CO

This section describes the access and operation of the passenger and baggage
hold doors.

Saab 2000 Passenger Boarding Door


All Saab 2000 aircraft have a main access door situated at the forward left
hand side of the aircraft. Instructions for opening are placarded on the
external and internal surfaces of the aircraft. No inflatable escape slides are
fitted to the aircraft.
This door is hinged at the side to open outwards and then forward towards
the fuselage into a locking position. The door does not contain integral steps
which are situated separately within the cabin.
WARNING: Only persons trained in the operation of the aircraft doors and
holds may operate them. Persons operating doors and holds must ensure
correct operation and report any damage to the Captain.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/3
300115

Ground Operations Manual

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

Saab 2000 with door open & steps down

LL
E

The passenger door is opened by lifting & turning the handle into the release
position before then pulling the body of the door towards you.
The door will initially open towards you before rotating on hinges & into its
forward locking position.

CO

TR

WARNING: It is now a requirement that all personnel entering and exiting


company aircraft must hold the handrail. If for any reason a person needing
to gain access to or exit from our aircraft without being able to hold the
handrail [e.g. Caterers or Engineers with large objects] then the
requirement must be risk assessed and deemed safe/acceptable in advance
by the relevant department.
In order to help reinforce this policy, aircrew are to periodically discuss this
requirement as part of their routine pre-flight safety brief.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/4
300115

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/5
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Rear Emergency Door Operation


This instruction is applicable to operations at London City Airport catering staff
only.
In order to service the aircraft galley, newest staff must be trained in the
procedure of operating the rear emergency exit door. Only staff trained in the
procedure contained in this manual may carry out this process.
Catering vehicles must be operated by trained persons. Vehicles must be
guided into place using a banksman and the vehicle chocked once in place.

EN

Prior to operating the door, the catering agent must knock on the door and
wait 10 seconds to ensure any persons in the galley are away from the door.

Prior to removing the vehicle from the aircraft, the door must be closed and
locked.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

To Open from Inside:


Turn handle to open in the direction of the arrow
Push and swing door out to locked position
To Close from Inside:
Pull lever to release door from locked position
Pull and swing door in to close
Turn handle in the opposite direction of the arrow to lock
Check visual indicators to confirm door is locked
To Open from Outside:
Turn handle to open in the direction of the arrow
Pull and swing door out to locked position
To Close from Outside:
Pull lever to release door from locked position
Pull and swing door in to close
Turn handle in the opposite direction of the arrow to lock

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/6
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

EN

Baggage Hold Door


The S20 aircraft has one main baggage hold at the rear of the fuselage.

The main baggage hold is used for both baggage and freight & is split onto
two levels & has a capacity of 8.50m (300ft) &

O
CU

The sill height is of the door is 7ft 7in (2.31m). Do NOT load the aircraft with
baggage belt loader inside the door or within 7cm (3in) of the sill as this will
lead to surface damage.

TR

LL
E

WARNING: The S20 uses a loading stick under the rear of the fuselage. This
must be in place prior to loading / unloading of the hold. The load stick is
designed to fall away should the aircraft taxi with the stick still attached.
Once loaded or unloaded the stick should be replaced in C1/C2.

CO

Main Hold Door


The door handle will be in a horizontal
position when in closed position.
To open, draw the handle toward
you outwards then rotate clockwise to
release. The door then opens on a
roller system upwards into a locking
position.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/7
300115

Eastern airways
2.3.4

Ground Operations Manual

Cargo Loading Limitations

The main cargo compartment C is located between STA 894.5STA 1005.7


and is shown further below.
This compartment is capable of carrying bulk cargo and baggage forward and
aft of STA 959.4. At this STA a 6 in high threshold and a restraint net divide
the compartment into a forward area C1 and an aft area C2.

The aft area C2 between STA 959.4 - STA 1005.7 is allowed to carry not tied
down cargo, when a transverse restraint net is installed to meet forward load.
There are no provisions for cargo tiedown in this area.

EN

The forward area C1 between STA 875STA 959.4 is located just inside the
large size cargo opening, from which the whole cargo compartment is easily
accessible. This area is also allowed to carry not tied down cargo if:

O
CU

the cargo compartment wall is approved to retain load in a


forward direction
a fore and aft restraint net is installed inside the cargo door to
retain loads in sideways direction

LL
E

Baggage and mail may be carried without tie-down. When high-density cargo
or a trolley is to be carried, which may damage floor panels and sidewalls; it
must be supported and tied down as necessary to prevent exceeding floor
loading limitations and hazardous shifting of cargo.

TR

The cargo door (plug type) is located on the left of the cargo compartment
and is normally operated from the outside. To open the door, first pull out
handle and turn counterclockwise; push door inwards and then slide
upwards. A counterbalance device aids lifting and then holds the door in an
open position.

CO

Limitations

Ref*

WEIGHT

1,57

1,52

1,77

1,17

1,65

1,55
Max load

C1

C2

Total C 1+ C 2

area

volume

area

volume

area

volume

2,5 m2

4,9 m3

1,6 m2

3,5 m3

4,1 m2

8,4 m3

800 kg.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

400 kg.

1200 kg.

PAGE 2.3/8
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

TIE DOWN
In the forward part of the cargo compartment (C1), cargo/luggage may be
tied down. The cargo must be secured by suitable equipment against the
following restraint factors:
9
3
4
4
7

g
g
g
g
g

1035 kg
330 kg
1360 kg

O
CU

Forward/Aft ( x direction):
Side ( y direction):
Up/down ( z direction):

EN

Allowable loads at tie-down point in cargo compartment:

Forward
Aft
Sideways
Upward
Downward

Tie-down load = cargo/luggage weight x restraint factor


That tiedown loads have to be calculated for each item of cargo

Note:

CO

TR

LL
E

FLOOR LOADING
Cargo compartment directly on to the floor panels or with spreaders across
the tracks 732 kg/m2.
Running load is a maximum loading of 855 kg/m.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/9
300115

Eastern airways
2.3.5

Ground Operations Manual

Securing of Dangerous Goods (DG)

The following process must be followed in order to ensure safe carriage of


dangerous goods in the hold of the Saab 2000 aircraft.

O
CU

EN

The hold of the S20 aircraft contains retaining rings that the ratchet restraints
fit into. The ramp agent loading the Dangerous Goods must ensure that the
retaining rings are free from dirt and debris to ensure correct fitting.

S20 retaining rings

Ratchet restraints fitted into the retaining ring

The ratchet restraints are slid into place in the restraining ring until they are
securely fitted. Ensure that there is no play when fitted otherwise they may
come loose in flight.

CO

TR

LL
E

The Dangerous Goods package must be placed in the hold marked in red in
the diagram below. The placement within the hold of the DG will be at the
discretion of the loader and must ensure that the DG is kept separate from
the hold luggage so as not to become obstructed. (it is recommended that the
DG is loaded last so as not to cause an obstruction for the loading of hold
luggage.

Location of Dangerous Goods package (indicated in red)


Adjust the straps to suit the size / number of Dangerous Goods
packages being loaded to ensure that there is no movement. Ensure
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/10
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

that the tension placed on the straps does not compromise the integrity
of the packaging.

O
CU

Package secured by retaining straps

EN

Two retaining straps must be used (corner to corner) to secure the


package(s) and must not obscure the packaging labels.

CO

Strap bag

TR

LL
E

When not in use, the retaining straps must be stored in the strap bag and
kept in the hold of the aircraft (behind the cargo net in hold C2). The straps
must not be removed from the aircraft as they are considered part of the
airframe.

Prior to a handling agent securing Dangerous Goods in the hold of the S20
aircraft, training on the use of the straps and securing locations must have
been received from Eastern Airways.
The following checks must be carried out on the straps prior to use:

A visual check of the straps must be carried out before use to ensure that
the straps have not been damaged. If damage is noted, then they must
not be used and must be reported to the Captain
Check the service date (straps have a 2 year service life from the date on
the strap)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/11
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Engineering will be responsible for checking that the correct compliment of


straps is in the strap bag on a nightly basis

2.3.6

Loading and Carriage of Tail Rotors

The following procedure is best practice for loading and carriage of S92 tail
rotors in the Saab 2000 hold.
The weight and dimensions of the packaging for tail rotors is:

Dimensions: 179 x 30 x 73 cm
Weight: 50 kgs

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Due to the size of the packaging, carriage can only be in hold C1 and can only
be accommodated by positioning it corner to corner as demonstrated in the
below diagram. Only one rotor must be carried at a time.

CO

Ramp agents must check the packaging for damage prior to loading.
Loading should be done by way of either a belt loader or by two person lift.
Ramp agents should carry out a dynamic risk assessment at the time
depending on what equipment is being used for loading.
The tail rotor must not obstruct the securing of the main or side netting.
2.3.7 Chocking of Aircraft
Immediately upon on arrival onto stand, the aircraft nose-wheel and
starboard main wheels must be chocked fore and aft.
WARNING: When positioning chocks on arriving aircraft, personnel must
only approach the aircraft from the direction of the aircraft nose and only
when both engines have been shut down and the anti-collision lights have
been switched off.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/12
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Service Connections

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

2.3.8

Ground Operations Manual

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/13
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Positioning of Ground Handling Vehicles and Equipment


Damage to aircraft caused by ramp vehicles poses a threat to safety as well
as considerable disruption to the flying programme and associated cost.
Congestion in the immediate area of the aircraft is a contributory factor in
many incidents.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Below is a typical plan for Ground Equipment positioning:

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/14
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Ground Service Connections

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/15
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

2.3.9 Galley Equipment


There are two types of galley layout on the S20 aircraft, shown below:

O
CU

EN

S20 galley (Driessen galley)

CO

TR

LL
E

S20 galley (Bucher galley)

WARNING: During winter months, parked aircraft can experience


reduced temperatures within the cabin causing any water in the
aircraft urns to freeze.
In order to prevent this, any aircraft parked overnight or longer must
have any water emptied. Empty urns must remain on the aircraft.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/16
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

2.3.10 Toilet Service Point


Located forward of the wing on the right hand side is the Toilet Service Panel.
This consists of a toilet waste ground draining location and a sluice/charge
fluid charging connection.
Placard Instructions can be found inside the access panel to assist in toilet
servicing.
Do not let the toilet fluid get on the aircraft structure. Remove the leakage of
toilet fluid immediately. Toilet fluid can cause corrosion of aircraft structure.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Refer to servicing Section 6, para 6.15.2

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/17
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Potable Water System


The Water Service Panel connects the water service trolley to the potable
water system. It is externally installed in the FWD RH lower fuselage. It has
three components:
A FILL/DRAIN Connector

A DRAIN/FILL switch

A PWR AC/PWR BAT guard switch

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Following an Emergency Airworthiness Directive (SB20) issued by Saab,


the use of the portable water system on all SB20 aircraft is inhibited,
until such time that a suitable alternative is found to prevent freezing
pipes.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/18
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

2.3.11 Passenger Baggage


The S20 has the following limitations for baggage stowage:

1.13m
0.41m
0.26m
0.22m
0.12 m3
20.50kgs

Overhead bins
Length:
Width:
Height inboard:
Height outboard:
Volume:
Maximum load:

Max 54.5kgs
Max 51.4kgs
Single 0.032 m3
Double 0.073 m3

EN

Right hand wardrobe:


Left hand stowage:
Underseat stowage:

LL
E

O
CU

The forward bin is tapered with dimensions and maximum load:


Length:
0.38 m
Width forward end:
0.21 m
Width aft end:
0.41 m
Height inboard:
0.26 m
Height outboard:
0.22 m
Volume:
0.03 m3
Maximum load:
4.5 kg

CO

TR

2.3.12 Fuelling with passengers On Board


Eastern Airways policy is that fuelling with passengers on board the Saab
2000 is allowed. This must comply with the Airfield Operating criteria,
however the captain of the aircraft must first be made aware this is the
intention & any passengers boarded advised of the situation.
Refer to Section 6.9 for the procedure.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/19
300115

Eastern airways
2.3.13

Ground Operations Manual

Push Back towing procedures/powerback

For general ground handling procedures on pushback / towing /


powerback see para 6.13

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Tow head attachment:

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/20
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Powerbacks / Aircraft Reversing Under Own Power


Saab 2000 aircraft are able to reverse using the reverse thrust facility
although give the size of the aircraft it is more common for a push to be the
applied method.
Power Back operations for our aircraft are only to be carried out:
When the option to self manoeuvre forward is not available

2.

Subject to local regulations and ATC approval

3.

At the discretion of the Captain

4.

If the following Marshalling Procedures are applied:

1.

EN

All communication between the marshaller and the Captain


must be by standard hand signals (IATA/ICAO)

Ground crew should consist of a minimum of 2 persons (i.e. a


marshaller and one wing walker)

O
CU

Remove the chock aft of the nosewheel & position the chock
fore of the nosewheel approximately 15cm (6 inches) ahead of
the wheel before the procedure commences

CO

TR

LL
E

To terminate the power back, only the come straight ahead


signal is to be given to the flight deck. The stop signal must
only be given when the aircraft has achieved forward motion

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/21
300115

Eastern airways
2.3.14

Ground Operations Manual

Saab 2000 Aircraft Manoeuvrability

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

By towing

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/22
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Under Own Power

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/23
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

2.3.15 Danger Areas

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000

PAGE 2.3/24
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

2.4 EMBRAER 135/145 CHARACTERISTICS


2.4.1

Dimensions

CO

Embraer 145

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Embraer 135

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/1
300115

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/2
300115

LL
E

EMB 135

Cabin passenger Capacity: 37


Cabin Crew: 1
No. of Rows: 12 (double seats)
13 (single seats)

EN

O
CU

General
Seat Pitch standard: 79cm (31 inches)
Seat Pitch at Emergency Exits: 97cm (39 inches)
Cabin Configuration: 2 seats / aisle / 1 seat
Flight Deck: 2 +1 observer, if required

Ground Operations Manual

Eastern airways

EMB 145

TR

Cabin passenger Capacity: 50


Cabin Crew: 2 (see note below)
No. of Rows: 16 (double seats)
18 (single seats)

CO

The EMB 145 aircraft can operate with either single or dual cabin crew, one of
which can be seated at the front of the cabin adjacent to the main cabin door,
the second at the rear of the cabin.

NOTE: There is no row 13 on the EMB aircraft

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/3
300115

Eastern airways
2.4.2

Ground Operations Manual

Aircraft doors and holds

The Embraer 135/145 aircraft have the main


access door situated at the forward left side
of the aircraft. Instructions for opening are
placarded on the external and internal
surfaces of the aircraft. No inflatable escape
slides are fitted to the EMB145.

EN

The door is hinged at the bottom to open


outwards and downwards simultaneously
away from the fuselage into a locking
position.

O
CU

The door incorporates folding airstairs which


are in place as soon as the door is open and
locked into position. Unless requested by the
flight deck, the door should ONLY be operated by the crew/cabin crew during
ground operations. The door is raised and lowered by two hydraulic door
actuators, although the door can also be manually lifted from the outside.

LL
E

WARNING: Only persons trained in the operation of the aircraft doors and
holds may operate them. Persons operating doors and holds must ensure
correct operation and report any damage to the Captain.

CO

TR

WARNING: It is now a requirement that all personnel entering and exiting


company aircraft must hold the handrail. If for any reason a person needing
to gain access to or exit from our aircraft without being able to hold the
handrail [e.g. Caterers or Engineers with large objects] then the requirement
must be risk assessed and deemed safe/acceptable in advance by the
relevant department.
In order to help reinforce this policy, aircrew are to periodically discuss this
requirement as part of their routine pre-flight safety brief.

Main hold door

The EMB 135/145 aircraft has one main baggage hold at the rear of the
fuselage and has a maximum loading of 1200kg (2645Ib).
The floor is designed for 390kg/m2 (80lb/ft2) uniformly distributed loading,
which includes anchor plates for high-density load tie-down.
Warning: Cargo and baggage loading up to 990 kg are not required to be
tied down. If the baggage compartment is loaded with more than 990 kg
(2182lb), only the exceeding load must be tied down with a horizontal net.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/4
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

The diagrams below show the opening and closing process.


The main hold door is located at the rear left side of the fuselage. It is
manually operated from the outside.

2.4.3

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

The initial opening movement (displacement of the door inward) and final
closing and latching movement (displacement of the door outward) are
achieved by means of a door locking mechanism controlled by an external
handle which is stowed in the lower half of the door.

Cargo Loading Limitations

CO

Passenger baggage and company mail is normally to be loaded in the


baggage compartment located in the pressurised area of the rear fuselage.
Total Volumetric Capacity: 9.21 m3
Main baggage door dimensions: 100 x 110 cm (3ft 3in x 3ft 7in)
EMB 135
Total Mass Capacity:.. 1000 kg
EMB 145 MP
Total Mass Capacity: 1200 kg
Baggage Restraint
A baggage restraint is installed to prevent loose baggage shifting in flight and
locking the inward and upward opening motion of the baggage door.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/5
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Baggage loading up to 990 kg does not need to be restrained. Loads


exceeding this value up to the Compartment limit must be placed under the
cargo restraint net.
Baggage should be evenly distributed across the Hold Compartment and the
safety net secured before closing the door. Baggage may be placed on top of
or around secured cargo, but care must be taken to avoid exceeding the
maximum permissible floor loading of 1000 kgs. (EMB 135) or 1200kgs. (EMB
145) and a maximum intensity of floor loading of (390 kg/sqm).

O
CU

EN

During loading and unloading, the aircraft may adopt a tail-down attitude if the
rear fuselage is too heavily loaded. Whenever heavy loads are carried in the
cargo area, care is to be taken with the embarkation and disembarkation of
passengers, and loading and unloading of baggage, to minimise this effect. In
such cases passengers should be embarked or disembarked to ensure even
distribution throughout the cabin.

To load the baggage compartment above 800 kg the following


conditions should be observed:
A minimum of 907 kg of fuel shall be on the aircraft

LL
E

No more than one person should be in the cone section inside the
baggage compartment or the rear electronic compartment

TR

Load and Trim Sheet

AND

CO

A Load and Trim Sheet is to be completed for all flights to ensure the Centre of
Gravity is within the prescribed envelope.

With a full cabin, the EMB aircraft may have a forward C of G depending upon
the specification ( eg the absence of thrust reversers) and therefore ballast
may be required.
WARNING: Cargo and baggage loading up to 990 kg are not required to be tied

down. If the baggage compartment is loaded with more than 990 kg (2182 lb), only
the exceeding load must be tied down with a horizontal net.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/6
300115

Eastern airways
2.4.4

Ground Operations Manual

Chocking of aircraft

Immediately upon on arrival onto stand, the aircraft nose-wheel and


starboard main wheels must be chocked fore and aft.
WARNING: When positioning chocks on arriving aircraft, personnel must only
approach the aircraft from the direction of the aircraft nose and only when
both engines have been shut down and the anti-collision lights have been
switched off.
Ground service connections

2.4.5

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Electrical power supply


A 28 V DC external power supply source can be connected to the aircraft
through the receptacle installed on the left side of the fuselage nose.
It is recommended that the external power source be capable of supplying at
least 300 A, with maximal 1% steady-state voltage deviation. The voltage
shown in the MFD electrical page should be 28.0 V (-2.0 V +1.0 V) DC when
the GPU status is 'AVAILABLE'. The power source must be able to maintain
the voltage within this range when the GPU status is 'IN USE'. Connecting a
source out of these specifications may lead to electrical problems and
therefore should be avoided.

Airstart
The pneumatic start unit is connected to the aircraft through the receptacle on
the right side of the rear fuselage. The output of the unit must be set between
40 and 45 psi. This pressure allows the opening of the valve to let external air
in.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/7
300115

Ground Operations Manual

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

LL
E

Positioning of Ground Handling Vehicles and Equipment


Damage to aircraft caused by ramp vehicles poses a threat to safety as well
as considerable disruption to the flying programme and associated cost.

Congestion in the immediate area of the aircraft is a contributory factor in


many incidents.

CO

TR

Below is a typical plan for Ground Equipment positioning:

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/8
300115

Eastern airways
2.4.6

Ground Operations Manual

Galley equipment

O
CU

EN

The EMB galley is shown below. For more information on catering of aircraft,
refer to Section 6.

Toilet service point

LL
E

2.4.7

WARNING: During winter months, parked aircraft can experience reduced


temperatures within the cabin causing any water in the aircraft urns to freeze.
In order to prevent this, any aircraft parked overnight or longer must have
any water emptied. Empty urns must remain on the aircraft.

TR

Located aft of the wing on the right hand side is the toilet (waste) servicing
panel. This consists of a toilet waste ground draining location and a
sluice/charge fluid charging connection.
Placard instructions can be found inside the access panel to assist in toilet
servicing.

CO

Do not let the toilet fluid get on the aircraft structure. Remove the leakage of
toilet fluid immediately. Toilet fluid can cause corrosion of aircraft structure.

Potable water system

The water service panel connects the water service trolley to the portable
water system. It is externally installed in the service hatch located aft of the
right wing and under the engine nacelle. It has three components:
A FILL/DRAIN Connector
A DRAIN/FILL switch
A PWR AC/PWR BAT guard switch
CAUTION: OPEN THE WATER SERVICING DOOR CAREFULLY NOT TO DAMAGE
IT.
1) Remove the protection caps from the water filling nipple and from the
water overflow nipple.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/9
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CAUTION: DO NOT CONNECT THE HOSE OF THE WATER SERVICING CART


TO THE WATER OVERFLOW NIPPLE. THERE IS A METAL STOP (TANG)
INSTALLED ON THE WATER OVERFLOW NIPPLE.
2) Install the hose of the water servicing cart to the water filling nipple.
THE MAXIMUM FILLING PRESSURE IS 100 PSIG.
3) Fill the tank until the water starts to flow out through the overflow nipple.
4) Remove the hose of the water servicing cart from the water filling nipple.

EN

CAUTION: ALLOW ALL EXCESS WATER TO DRAIN OUT BEFORE YOU INSTALL
THE PROTECTION CAPS.

Passenger Baggage

O
CU

2.4.8

5) Install the protection caps to the water filling nipple and to the water
overflow nipple.

LL
E

The EMB has the following limitations for baggage stowage:


Wardrobe capacity/weight: 0.93 m3 (32.9 ft3) = 70kg (154lb)
Overhead bin capacity (total): 10.8 m3 (380.7 ft3) = 224kg (494lb)
Overhead bin capacity (each): 1.20 m3 (42.3 ft3) = 24.8kg (54.8lb)
2.4.9

Fuelling With Passengers On Board

Pushback / towing procedures

2.4.10

CO

TR

Eastern Airways policy is that fuelling with passengers on board the EMB
135/145 is allowed. This must comply with the Airfield Operating criteria,
however the captain of the aircraft must first be made aware this is the
intention & any passengers boarded advised of the situation.
Refer to Section 6.8 for the procedure.

For general ground handling procedures on pushback / towing /


powerback see para 6.13

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/10
300115

Eastern airways
Danger areas

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

2.4.11

Ground Operations Manual

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


EMBRAER 135/145

PAGE 2.4/11
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

SECTION 3 PASSENGER HANDLING


3.1 CHECK IN TIMES
Check-in must be open 2-hours prior to the STD of the flight.
This may be reduced to -90 minutes prior to STD for first morning departures
of up to 0700hrs.
Each flight must be checked-in from a separate check-in desk unless a rolling
check-in system is applied whereby the desk is open constantly.
The closure of check-in for all T3 scheduled flights is STD-30.

The following general points should be noted:

EN

Once check-in has closed, passenger and baggage figures must be passed as
soon as possible to central load control for the production of load sheets (J41
aircraft) and to the crew.

A passenger who joins the check-in queue before the published closure
time is considered to have arrived on time, even if, due to queuing, the
passenger actually arrives at the front of the queue after official closure
time.

Queue combing should be used where practical/necessary to ensure


passengers are correctly identified as on-time or late based on the time
at which he joined the queue. Where common check-in is used, queuecombing should also be used to call forward passengers just before a
flight closes.

Late passengers (LMCs) may be accepted after check-in closure on the


condition that there is no operational impact upon the on-time departure
of the aircraft.

Where there is the potential for a weight problem, check-in closure times
should be strictly adhered to. Passengers who join the queue after
published check-in closure time will normally be denied travel (without
compensation) unless there is space / weight available and they can be
accepted as and LMC (see above).

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CHECK-IN TIMES

PAGE 3.1/1
300115

Eastern airways
3.2

Ground Operations Manual

SEAT ALLOCATIONS

3.2.1 Manual Seat Allocation


On certain occasions on the Saab 2000 & J41 services, Eastern Airways will
have the need to offer free seating at the point of boarding (whereby the
passenger selects their own seat).
The safety of passengers is of paramount concern and certain passenger
profiles (PRM) must NOT be seated adjacent to the emergency exits:

EN

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Physically and mentally handicapped persons including the blind,


deaf and frail
Passengers under 16 and over 60 years of age
Expectant Mothers
Deportees or persons in custody
Obese persons
Passengers with a poor command of the English language

1.

O
CU

In preference manual boarding cards will have been issued even at the point of
boarding to control the passenger seating arrangements.

3.2.2 Emergency Exits

It is recommended that wherever possible passengers are seated into seats


adjacent to emergency exits and made aware at check in.

CO

TR

LL
E

If it is not possible to seat passengers into the seats adjacent to the exit, due
to weight and balance, then the nearest seat to the exit should be allocated.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SEAT ALLOCATIONS

PAGE 3.2/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.3 IDENTIFICATION
All passengers (including children and infants) are required to produce a form
of identification at the check in desk. However it must be noted it is not
mandatory for domestic travel in the UK that photographic ID is presented.
Acceptable forms of identification include;

Passport
Driving license (paper or card)
Credit or debit card
Birth certificate

EN

Children are aged between 2 years and 16 years.

Infants are aged below 2 years.

O
CU

For international services specifically, then identification must comply with the
minimum legal entry requirements for the journey destination.
In the majority of cases an acceptable form of identification will include:
Passport ensuring minimum length of validity applies
Visa or necessary entry documentation as required

CO

TR

LL
E

Please ensure that in ALL cases, such entry requirements are known for the
destination of the departing flight and only a suitably trained or briefed
member of your personnel is administering the check-in process for the flight.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


IDENTIFICATION

PAGE 3.3/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.4 INFORMATION NOTICES AT CHECK IN


3.4.1
Carriage of DG in baggage
Dangerous goods information notices and CAA prohibited articles lists warning
passengers as to the type of items which are forbidden for transport on board
an aircraft must be available and prominently displayed in sufficient number
by airport and handling providers.
Locations include but are not limited to:

Where tickets are issued


Where passengers check-in
Aircraft boarding areas
Baggage claim areas

EN

O
CU

In respect of Eastern airways airport ticket sales providers, staff must ensure
that prior to any transaction being completed passengers are shown the
dangerous goods notice and they have indicated they understand the
restrictions.

Prior to accepting excess baggage consigned as cargo you should first seek
confirmation from the passenger that the excess baggage does not contain
dangerous goods that are not permitted.

LL
E

Whereby there are suspicions that baggage may contain dangerous goods
that are not permitted, you should seek further confirmation about the
contents prior to acceptance.

TR

In accordance with DG technical regulations, no spare lithium batteries are


allowed to travel in baggage loaded into the aircraft hold.

CO

The J41 POD is classed as an aircraft hold, therefore the regulation applies to
hand baggage on this aircraft.

In order to ensure that passengers travelling on the J41 aircraft are not
carrying any spare lithium batteries in their hand baggage, check-in agents
are required to ask each passenger upon check-in, to declare if they are
carrying spare lithium batteries in their hand baggage.
Should a passenger confirm they are carrying spare lithium batteries, they
must be removed from hand baggage to prevent carriage in the hold.
Passengers are permitted to carry spare lithium batteries on board and must
be advised of this.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CARRIAGE OF DG IN BAGGAGE

PAGE 3.4/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.4.2
E-CIGARETTE POLICY
We operate a no smoking policy on board all of our aircraft and in all of our
lounges. This includes the use of electronic cigarettes or any cigarette
substitute device that emits a vapour or has a power source or produces a
light.
We do not permit electronic cigarettes to be charged within our lounges.
Electronic cigarettes may be carried on board subject to the following
conditions:

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Contained in hand baggage only


No refills
Strictly not permitted for use

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


E-CIGARETTES

PAGE 3.4/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.5 SPECIAL PASSENGER TYPES


3.5.1
EXPECTANT MOTHERS, INFANTS AND CHILDREN
Expectant Mothers
Expectant mothers are permitted to travel up until their 28th week without
any documentation. During the period of 28th week to 35th week we are able
to accept travel upon the production of a medical certificate stating that they
are fit to travel issued from a G.P. or appropriate medical specialist to
reduce the risk of non-acceptance at the time of departure.
For a mother who is expecting more than a single birth, we are only able to
accept for travel up until the 32nd week of pregnancy.

EN

Passengers beyond the thirty-fifth week of pregnancy will only be carried


under extenuating circumstances, and with the approval of the Companys
Medical Advisor.

O
CU

Pregnant persons should be seated where they will not impede the crew in
their duties, obstruct emergency exits or access to emergency equipment.
An adult is only permitted to travel with one infant. Should the passenger
also have a child, that is permitted.

New Mothers

Following giving birth, mothers who have given birth naturally are permitted
to travel after 2 weeks (14 days)

LL
E

If birth has been by caesarean section then the mother is not permitted to
travel until after 6 weeks (42 days) after the section.

For any variance on the above, GPs certification should be provided and he
companys doctor consulted before acceptance.

TR

Infants

Infants are such if aged below 2 years before or on the day of travel.

CO

Infants must be a minimum of 2 weeks (14 days) old to travel for their own
health and safety.

All infants must be booked to travel and so also must have a boarding card
& valid form of identification.

When passing the figures to flight deck or completing your loadsheet, the
stated number of passengers will be the number of adults & children
checked-in plus the infant/s you have, i.e. +1. e.g.15+1 pax. This is
because an infant sits on the parents lap with an extended seatbelt & does
not have an allocated seat of their own.
Infants do not have a luggage allowance. A small collapsible pushchair up to
7kgs is permitted free of charge. Any additional items is subject to excess
baggage charges and space availability in the hold
Wherever possible, try not to seat a mother or father with an infant next to
another travelling passenger for reasons of comfort.
No infant seats are permitted and it is one infant per adult.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SPECIAL PASSENGER TYPES

PAGE 3.5/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

The summary of infant restraint and age limits are as follows:


Less than 6 months
(classified as Infant)
6 months Less than 2 years
(classified as Infant)
2 years or more
(classified as Child

Extension seat belt on adults lap.


Extension seat belt on adults lap
Passenger seat and seat belt.

Children

EN

Children are aged between 2 years and below 16 years. There is no limits to
the number of children an adult can travel with permitted they all have
identification and all have a reservation.
Unaccompanied Minors

O
CU

An unaccompanied minor (UNMIN) is a child between the ages of 5 to 11


years inclusive travelling alone with no parent or guardian. This service can
only be provided for this age group if requested at the time of making the
reservation and is free of charge.

LL
E

The relevant paperwork is sent out by our reservations staff and to be


completed by the parent/guardian in advance of check in arrival. The
paperwork is compulsory and so is vital and essential that the paperwork is
completed. (If the original is forgotten you must ask for the details again.)
The green copy is to be retained by you, the cabin attendant is to keep the
yellow copy and the white copy is given to staff at the destination. Your
copy should be placed in the folder in the office and retained for 6 (six)
months.

TR

We cannot accept UNMINS on multiple sectors.

CO

For children travelling alone between the ages of 12-16 years inclusive (YP),
we can offer directional guidance but we do not offer an unaccompanied
minor type service. There is no requirement to complete any paperwork.
The parent/guardian must remain at the airport for 30 minutes after the
aircraft is airborne.

PROCESSING AN UNACCOMPANIED MINOR (UM)


When checking in an unaccompanied minor the passengers parent or
guardian must fill in an unaccompanied minor (UM) form.
The form must be filled in at time of check in.
Always make sure on the form you have names, addresses and telephone
numbers of the parents / guardians who have brought the child to check in &
who is collecting the child at destination Airport. In addition the name of the
person completing the form must be included.
If checking in a J41 flight, always seat the UM on row 8 in seat A.
Ask the parent to stay with the UM until you have closed check in.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SPECIAL PASSENGER TYPES

PAGE 3.5/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

When passing the final figures make sure you tell the crew that they have an
UM and the age as they will have to be pre-boarded
Once check in closed collect the UM from the parent making sure that the
parent stays at the terminal for 30 minutes after the aircraft is airborne
The UM needs to be boarded 5 minutes before the rest of the passengers
and handed over to the cabin attendant who needs to sign the UM form and
pass the green copy back to you at the departing station.
UM ON ARRIVAL AT DESTINATION AIRPORT
The UM needs to disembark last.

Ensure the UM form is obtained from the inbound crew and is signed for
between the crew and a ground staff member.

EN

Stay with UM while they collect luggage and wait with them until the parent
or guardian arrives who should also be in possession of some form of
identification for you to check.

O
CU

Parent or guardian must sign the UM form before UM is handed over.


A copy of the UM form is included in Appendix 1 of this section.

LL
E

3.5.2 Wheelchair passengers (WCHR)


It is the responsibility of the Airport Authority to handle Passengers with
Reduced Mobility (PRM). All PRMs should be directed to the PRM help desk
following check in.

As part of the PRM provision, Eastern Airways and its agents shall have
made every effort to ensure the appropriate service provider at the
departure and arrival airport have been advised including transit stations.

CO

TR

On the Jetstream 41 we do not accept passengers that are unable to walk


the aircraft steps unaided (WCHC). We are not able to assist the passenger
in any way so although this question should have been asked before making
the reservations please repeat the question at check in. Should the
passenger not be able to make the steps; we MUST deny boarding
immediately. Under NO circumstances will we accept them as we are not
insured to do so.

If a passenger travels able bodied with us outbound, but has an accident


before returning with us we are within our rights to deny boarding if the
passenger is no longer able bodied.
Wheelchairs are excluded from the baggage allowance but must be tagged
as an item to be placed in the hold. Please advise your baggage handling
team of the arriving station that they should expect a wheelchair but ensure
the passenger is advised they will not get this item until at the foot of the
aircraft steps.
We are able to provide a lift-on/off service on the Saab 2000 & EMB 135/145
aircraft and so the passenger does not have to be able to climb the aircraft
steps.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SPECIAL PASSENGER TYPES

PAGE 3.5/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Process for the carriage of mobility aids


Electric mobility aids are classified as Dangerous Goods because of the
batteries used to power them.
Eastern Airways may accept electronic mobility aids for carriage subject to
certain conditions. If these conditions are not complied with incidents can
occur which, in the worst case, can result in a fire.

Currently dangerous goods can only be carried on the following aircraft


Jetstream 41 G-MAJK, G-MAJL, G-MAJW, G-MAJY, G-MAJT, G-MAJZ,
G-MAJU
The Saab 2000 Fleet

O
CU

EN

References
Please refer to CAA SN 2112/003 for a detailed reference for the carriage of
electric mobility aids.
ICAO Technical instructions
IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations

Reservations
Passengers are required to request carriage of a mobility aid at least 48
hours prior to travel.

TR

Forward the mobility aid form (Appendix B) to the passenger / flight


booker, to be completed and returned.
On completion, the mobility aid form will be cross referenced to
the BHTA (British Healthcare Trades Association) and then passed
to the Operations / Ground Operations Managers in order to
confirm carriage of the mobility aid.
Once confirmation of carriage has been received, the passenger will
be contacted confirming acceptance or refusal of carriage for the
requested flight.
Where possible passengers will be able to remain in their own
wheelchair / mobility aid to and from the aircraft side. If required,
they will be transferred to another wheelchair to take them to their
seat on the aircraft.
The passenger should be advised that some airports have stairs to
access gates and they may be required to be taken to a lift by the
airport staff to access the aircraft level.
It is essential that both the origin and destination airports are
emailed / telexed including the Transit station (for information
only).

CO

LL
E

Reservation staff will adopt the following process:

Carriage will be noted in the passengers booking and notification will be


forwarded to the airport PRM provider.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
CARRIAGE OF MOBILITY AIDS

PAGE 3.5/4
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

NOTE: Should the aid not be included in the BHTA log it is the passengers
responsibility to provide relevant written information to ensure the aid is
suitable for carriage.
Written information from the passenger should be as follows:

EN

Information confirmed against that published via the BHTA log


Manufacturers written instructions in another format
Written instructions from the PRM or carer
Verbal instructions from the PRM, recorded by airline staff with a copy
witnessed by the PRM or carer
Verbal instructions from the PRM, recorded by airline staff (not
witnessed) if a PRM cannot do this, has no carer or an airline is not
concerned regarding liability following damage or refusal to carry

Once satisfied the mobility aid is acceptable for carriage (as confirmed
by Operations Management) the Reservations team will be advised and
confirmation will be passed to the passenger
Operations will note the relevant airplan for information to the crew. A
copy of the completed mobility aid form to be attached
Operations will inform the relevant handling agent(s) via email. A
copy of the completed mobility aid form to be attached

LL
E

O
CU

Eastern Airways Operations


The Ground Operations / Operations Managers will work together by
adopting the following process:

TR

Check-in
Check in agents, are to check the passenger booking for confirmation the
mobility aid has been accepted for carriage.

CO

The mobility aid will be tagged at check-in (Appendix A) and annotated with
the passengers name and flight information.

Please Note:
In the event of a special assistance passenger (who has not pre-notified)
announces their intention to travel with an electric mobility aid at check in
the following will apply:
The handling agent should contact T3 Ops to advise they are currently
ascertaining mobility aid information. Whilst every effort will be made to
accommodate the travelling passenger, if due to time constraints or lack of
information which cannot guarantee the safe carriage of the mobility aid,
carriage will be refused.
In the event a special assistance passenger can demonstrate that they prenotified appropriately but the notification has not been transmitted by us as
the operator the following will apply:
The PRM provider will alert the handling agent. The handling agent will
contact T3 Ops to advise they are currently ascertaining mobility aid
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
CARRIAGE OF MOBILITY AIDS

PAGE 3.5/5
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

information. T3 Operations will contact Reservations in an attempt to locate


previous information. On obtaining this information the relevant Handling
and PRM providers will be notified via a telephone call / email together with
a completed copy of the mobility aid form. Whilst every effort will be made
to accommodate the travelling passenger, if due to time constraints or lack
of information which cannot guarantee the safe carriage of the mobility aid,
carriage will be refused.
All efforts should be made to re accommodate the passenger.

EN

If at any point of the process, ground personnel are not satisfied that the
relevant information can be ascertained or that the mobility aid can be
carried safely, carriage must be denied.

O
CU

PRM Provider
The airport PRM provider will be sent notification of carriage of the mobility
item by the Reservations Department and the provider will assist the
passenger to and from the aircraft.

The provider will dismantle the item (as required) and ensure the mobility
item is safe for travel prior to handing the item over the loading agent.

LL
E

That there is an electric wheelchair booked onto a flight


Passenger and flight information
Information on how to dismantle / put the chair back together
How to make the chair safe for travel

It is the operators responsibility to provide the following information:

CO

TR

The PRM provider will be responsible for completing and signing the Electric
Mobility Aid Tag (Appendix A) however the Loading Supervisor responsible
for ensuring the mobility aid will not operate will be responsible for signing
his / her section at the bottom of the form.

Ground Handling
The Ground Handling provider will be notified of carriage by Operations
Management via telephone and email. Loading, restraints and spreader
board requirements will be discussed and co-ordinated at this time.
Loading
The person responsible for protecting the device from short circuit /
inhibiting the electrical circuits will confirm this by signing the relevant
section of the Mobility Aid Tag (Appendix A).
Prior to loading an electric mobility aid, the loading supervisor must check
that inadvertent operation of the device has been prevented. This can be
achieved by placing the device into drive mode (i.e. not freewheel mode),
seeing if the mobility aid will power up, and if so whether use of the joystick
results in the mobility aid moving. A quick check should also be made that
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
CARRIAGE OF MOBILITY AIDS

PAGE 3.5/6
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

batteries are securely attached to the mobility aid and battery terminals are
protected from short circuit. If it is evident that an electric mobility aid has
not been made safe, it must not be loaded and it will be necessary to refer
to personnel tasked with making the device safe.
Once the mobility aid has been made safe the item should be loaded and
secured individually in order to prevent movement and damage from other
baggage.
The loading lead agent / supervisor responsible for checking and ensuring
the mobility aid will not operate will confirm this by signing the relevant
section of the mobility aid tag (appendix A).

One copy attached to the aid


One copy provided to the Captain together with the loading instruction

O
CU

EN

The Mobility Aid Tag must be completed in duplicate and distributed as


follows:

CO

TR

LL
E

Destination Station
The destination station should refer to the Electric Mobility Aid Tag in order
to work in reverse order to ascertain the necessary information for
reactivating the mobility aid (Appendix A).

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CARRIAGE OF MOBILITY AIDS

PAGE 3.5/7
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

APPENDIX A - ELECTRIC MOBILITY AID TAG

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


APP A MOBILITY AID TAG

PAGE 3A/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

APPENDIX B' - EASTERN AIRWAYS POWERED MOBILITY AID


INFORMATION FORM

Weight..kilos

Height..cm

Width.cm

Length.cm

Date
Name
Tel Mobile Email.......
Flight Number.. Date of Travel. Booking ref...
Customer contact information
Address.
Postcode
Mobility aid details
List all removable parts (tick all markings
that apply)
Make
Parts that stay with
Parts that stay with
Model..
the chair
the customer

EN

Headrest

Leg rests.
Battery Type

Lithium Battery weight...

Seat cushion
Chair back..

Is the mobility aid key operated?

Tray

Yes
No

LL
E

Belt, Straps

Location of key..

Side protectors
Joystick...

Location of brake release

TR

Rear right

Rear left

Front left

CO

Front right

Others..
Please provide details of how the mobility aid circuits
can be inhibited:

Is the mobility aid collapsible?

Yes
No

Wheels

O
CU

Wet Cell (spillable) Battery weight

Arm rests

Dry Cell (non-spillable) Battery weight.

For confirmation of acceptance of carriage distribute to:


Ground Operations Manager
Operations Manager
Acceptable for carriage

Yes

No

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


APP B MOBILITY AID FORM

PAGE 3B/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.5.3
Prisoners and Deportees
Specific airport protocol established between the airport operators, local
constabulary & airport security must be established before acceptance of any
escorted passengers.
Specific detail of how many escorting officers, whether they are to be armed
& carrying applicable permutation & arrangements in place must be advised
to Eastern Airways operations in advance of transportation.
The operating crew must be made aware prior to embarkation & at all times
a pre-board of such passengers & their escorting officers is advisable.
The prisoner or deportee will be un-cuffed during the take-off & landing
phase of any flight.

Immigration/passengers refused entry

O
CU

3.5.4

No prisoner or deportee will be accepted without escort.

EN

The prisoner or deportee must be seated in a double seat closest to the


window such that their exit is impeded.

On international flights, and for passengers being checked in for an


International connection, it is necessary to examine the Passport and check
that the passenger has the correct documentation (in terms of passport and
applicable visa) for any airport / country they are transferring through, as
well as their final destination.

LL
E

This check will take place at check-in, but for an International flight there
will also be an additional double check at the gate to ensure that the
passenger boarding the aircraft is the same person as the person who
presented themselves at check-in.

TR

In the event of any doubt regarding passenger documentation and visas,


advice should be sought from Immigration.

CO

3.5.5
Sick Passengers
Any passenger who has recently undergone surgery or suffered any serious
illness, especially coronary or respiratory disorders, will need to present if
requested a certificate of fitness to fly. This will be issued by a G.P. or
suitable specialist and must be presented at check-in.

In the case of major coronary surgery, a minimum of 14 days post surgery


is required before travel is accepted.
3.5.6
Stretcher Cases
Eastern Airways regrets it is not possible to accommodate any form of
stretcher onto any of its aircraft.
3.5.7
Seeing and Hearing Dogs
With the prior approval of the Operations, it may be possible for seeing-eye
dogs to be carried provided any Customs & Health regulations are met.
Such requests must be made with reservations at the time of booking giving
at least two weeks notice.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SPECIAL PASSENGER TYPES

PAGE 3.5/8
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.5.8
Smoking
Smoking is not permitted on any Eastern Airways aircraft.
3.5.9

Disruptive Passenger Handling

3.5.9.1
Overall Policy
Eastern Airways has a policy of zero tolerance towards disruptive passengers
of all kinds. The airline therefore:

O
CU

LL
E

EN

supports ground staff and crews who prevent such passengers from
travelling on flights
expects ground staff and crews to take reasonable steps to prevent or
curtail disruptive and drunken behaviour and to identify passengers
who are acting in a way that causes concerns about safety and
security
supports Crew who ask for the police to meet flights after a disruptive
incident
requires ground staff and crew members to give witness statements to
the police
encourages the police to prosecute disruptive passengers, especially if
an Eastern Airways or representative staff member has been assaulted
supports Eastern Airways or representative staff acting as witnesses if
offenders are put on trial
encourages training to ground staff and air crew in conflict
management including the recognition of potentially disruptive
passengers

3.5.9.2

Incidents on the Ground

CO

under the influence of alcohol or drugs


acting in a disorderly or irrational manner
behaving violently towards staff, fellow passengers or others
persistently using threatening, seriously abusive or insulting language
acting in any other way that causes concern about safety and security

TR

Types of Behaviour
Ground staff might encounter passengers who are:

Denial of Carriage
Eastern Airways has the legal right under its conditions of carriage to deny
carriage to any person or to off-load him or her at any airport en-route if it
is considered that any of the following has occurred or reasonably may
occur:

carrying the passenger or his baggage might endanger or affect the


safety, health or materially affect the comfort of other passengers or
crew
the passenger is drunk or under the influence of alcohol or drugs, (in
the UK it is an offence under the Air Navigation Order (ANO) to board
an aircraft when drunk), or we reasonably believe the passenger to be
in unlawful possession of drugs

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SPECIAL PASSENGER TYPES

PAGE 3.5/9
300115

Eastern airways

EN

the passengers mental or physical state is a danger or risk to the


passenger, the aircraft or any person on it
the passenger has refused to allow a security check on himself or his
baggage
the passenger has disobeyed instructions of our ground staff or a
member of the crew of the aircraft relating to safety or security and/or
used threatening, abusive or insulting words towards our ground staff
or a member of the crew of the aircraft
the passenger has behaved in a threatening, abusive, insulting or
disorderly way towards a member of staff of Eastern Airways or
ground staff
the passenger has deliberately interfered with a crew member carrying
his or her duties
the passenger refuses to allow a security check to be carried out on
their baggage
if the passenger has put the safety of the aircraft or any person in it in
danger
the passenger has made a hoax threat relating to bombs, biological or
chemical weapons
the passenger has committed a criminal offence during the check-in or
boarding process or on board the aircraft prior to take-off

O
CU

Ground Operations Manual

TR

LL
E

Action to be taken by Ground Staff


General
When a passenger is seen to be causing disruption or displaying signs that
he may do so, it is vital that decisive action is taken to prevent a more
serious situation developing. However, staff should be aware that an overrobust initial reaction on their part might cause the incident to escalate.

CO

Staff should be mindful of differing word cultures & or the profile of the
passenger especially departing Aberdeen whereby a lesser quantity of
alcoholic intake following a period without any can have exaggerated
consequences.

Disruptive passengers should therefore be treated politely but firmly and in a


way that is appropriate to their conduct. The primary aim must be to calm
them down and thereby defuse any threatening or violent situation.
Decisive Action
Disruptive passenger incidents are much more difficult to handle and have
potentially more serious consequences in the air. Therefore, a passenger
who is thought could cause disruption in the flight must not be boarded until
suitably assessed by a supervisory/ duty manager level of staff and then
only if confident that he or she poses no risk. Appendix 1a & 1b contains
guidance for decision makers and charts the decision making process.
Whenever it is considered necessary to make a formal assessment of a
passengers acceptability for travel, a record is to be made & Eastern
Airways Customer Relations advised.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SPECIAL PASSENGER TYPES

PAGE 3.5/10
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Irrational Behaviour
Any member of ground staff who has cause to be concerned or uneasy about
passengers behaviour at any time prior to boarding should bring their
concerns to the attention of a supervisor / duty manager / duty coordinator
so that the situation can be assessed in accordance with appendix 1.
Assaults on Staff
If a staff member is assaulted by a passenger:

the police must be called at once,


the staff member concerned must give the police a clear indication of
whether he or she wants the offender prosecuted (this might involve
making a written statement and giving evidence in court)
AND
any injuries are to be examined by a doctor at the earliest opportunity

EN

advise the passenger why he or she has been denied carriage


be directed to the Eastern Airways ticket sales / customer service desk
or to an appropriate point where onward travel can be arranged for a
later date when the passenger will be deemed fit to travel. This may
be a later flight if felt the passenger can reasonably be expected to
more presentable or otherwise the following day at the earliest. No
accommodation on another carrier or refund should ever be discussed
or offered
always advise a supervisor / duty manager / duty coordinator of the
advice given & highlight who the passenger is on every occasion

TR

LL
E

O
CU

Action at Check-in
Any check-in or passenger service agent who judges that a passenger
reporting for check-in is under the influence of drink or drugs or is otherwise
disruptive is to suspend the check-in process for that passenger if felt the
passenger is to be refused carriage and;

CO

Action at the Boarding Gate


Should a passenger be judged to be disruptive at the boarding gate, the
support of a supervisor / duty manager / duty coordinator should be
requested to attend.

Staff are fully empowered by Eastern Airways to off-load passengers who


are under the influence of drink or drugs or who it is believed might be
disruptive in-flight. This is so even if the off-loading leads to a delayed
departure as the safety or the flight will always take precedence over
punctuality.
The responsibility for deciding whether or not to off-load a passenger at the
gate lies entirely with the ground staff.
The flight and cabin crew are not involved in the decision making process
but should be advised of the off-load being made if at boarding or departure
time or the outcome before departure. Eastern Airways Operations &
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SPECIAL PASSENGER TYPES

PAGE 3.5/11
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

customer relations should also be advised of any passenger who has been
off-loaded.
3.5.9.5

Reporting

Ground Incidents
Eastern Airways encourages staff to report any incident or an event that has
the potential to lead to an incident.
Please complete your safety reports through your own companies SMS
system.

In order for us to investigate, please complete and fax the appropriate form
to 0844 583 4730 where it will appear in the inbox:

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

safety.reports@easternairways.com

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SPECIAL PASSENGER TYPES

PAGE 3.5/12
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.6 CABIN BAGGAGE


All passengers are permitted to carry one piece of cabin baggage weighing
10kg.
The maximum individual piece size is 56cm x 45cm x 25cm.

As per DFT regulations, there are to be no sharp items or anything


dangerous in the cabin baggage. (These items are classified as sharp or
dangerous, penknives, scissors, nail scissors, nail clippers, manicure kits,
knives, sewing kits, needles, syringes, knitting needles, razor blades). The
list of prohibited articles for cabin baggage is at Chapter 4 list 4-C, and the
list of prohibited articles for hold baggage is at Chapter 5, 5-B.

O
CU

EN

Exceptions to these are safety blades and also medication for diabetes or
any other medication evidenced as being required for use during the flight
this may be angina or anti-allergy (epi-pen) medication etc. These needles
and medication must be cased correctly and the passenger will need to
advise security. The crew must also be made aware of any passenger
carrying needles for medication purposes.

CO

TR

LL
E

The process for tagging POD bags is to take place at check-in by the checkin agent as the bag is weighed. During the check-in phase, the hand
baggage tag number must be recorded on the hold baggage manifest
against the passenger name along with flight number and flight date under
the heading Other. This process will ensure that all hand baggage to be
placed in the POD is manifested against the specific passenger for
reconciliation. (No item of baggage must be placed into the POD without first
being tagged and manifested). The passenger must be given the tear off
strip containing the bag tag number. The dispatcher must cross check
baggage on the valet trolley against that on the manifest prior to going into
the POD and a separate bingo sheet must be used to record the bag tag
number.

For J41 operations, the check-in agent must advise the passenger that their
hand baggage will be placed into a valet cart at the aircraft steps so they will
need to remove anything that they may wish to take on board.
Baby buggies and push chairs must be checked in and tagged as hold
baggage, although they may be taken to the aircraft steps before folding
and loading into the hold.
3.6.1
Aircraft change
In the event that there is an aircraft change resulting in the J41 being used
in place of a S20 or EMB aircraft, then the above procedure is to be followed.
Should the aircraft type change take place after the check in process has
been completed, then all hand baggage must be tagged with the hand
baggage tag number recorded manually on the hold baggage manifest
against the passenger name under the heading Other.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
CABIN BAGGAGE

PAGE 3.6/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

The passengers must be advised of the process of surrendering their cabin


bags at the aircraft steps.
3.6.2
Crew bags
The above procedure for the J41 hand baggage tag process will be applicable
to all Eastern Airways crew (operating or positioning) that require hand
baggage to be placed into the POD. It is the responsibility of the handling
agent to tag and manifest such bags against crew names on the hold
baggage manifest for the appropriate sector under the heading Other. The
dispatcher must ensure that hand baggage labels are available at the valet
cart to tag and manifest any operating / positioning crew baggage.

EN

3.6.3
Transit bags
On routes where the aircraft will make a transit stop the following procedure
must be used for transit hand baggage;

O
CU

The handling agent at the point of departure, must record on the hold
baggage manifest, any hand baggage which is a transit bag. The bag must
be tagged with a Transfer tag. This will assist the handling agent at the
transit point in offloading from the POD, only those bags to be reclaimed
from the valet cart at that destination.

The passenger surname must be written on the cabin baggage label.

TR

LL
E

Notification of transit pax names must be sent to the transit station. The
transit station must cross check the surname on the cabin baggage tag with
the transit pax names from the departure airport to ensure that those bags
that remain in the POD are for onward transit only. These must be recorded
on a bingo sheet.

CO

Any transit hand baggage in the POD that cannot be reconciled, must be
identified prior to departure or offloaded.

Passengers should not be allowed to disembark and leave a POD bag on


board.
Any bag that does become unaccompanied must be offloaded. If it is to
travel by air at some stage, then it must be treated as unaccompanied hold
baggage in accordance with Chapter 5.3.3 Security controls for
unaccompanied hold baggage.
3.6.4
Use of hand baggage labels
Hand baggage labels must be used to ensure that all hand baggage is
reconciled against the passenger name.
Any excess or oversized items which are not suitable as hand baggage, for
any aircraft type, must be tagged with hold bag tags and loaded in the
aircraft hold. These over-sized items must not be returned to the side of the
aircraft and must be reclaimed in the normal manner.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
CABIN BAGGAGE

PAGE 3.6/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

The hand baggage tag process as described above does not apply to
operations utilizing the S20 or EMB aircraft as passengers do not need to
surrender their cabin bags at the aircraft steps.
Eastern Airways cabin baggage tags can be requested by emailing:
huysuper@easternairways.com
3.6.5

Reconciliation of J41 hand baggage weights

EN

The maximum weight of the J41 POD (Hold 4) is 158kgs. Should the
loadsheet indicate that the combined weight of the hand baggage is more
than 158kgs, it will be necessary to move a number of bags to hold 6.

Identify the passenger bags to be moved to hold 6 to ensure the POD


weight is below 158kgs
Cross check the passenger name from the check-in system with that
recorded on either the bingo sheet or on the hand baggage tag to ensure
the correct baggage is identified
Ensure the loading team identify the correct bags to be loaded into hold 6
Ensure that the loadsheet and the bingo sheets for each hold are
correctly amended

LL
E

CO

TR

O
CU

In order to ensure the hand baggage to be moved to hold 6 is correctly


reconciled with the weights recorded in the check-in system, the following
must be done;

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CABIN BAGGAGE

PAGE 3.6/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.7 HOLD BAGGAGE


The weight restriction for total baggage is 25kgs (including hand baggage).
There is no limit to how many bags the passenger is permitted to carry as
long as they are within their allowance but again please use your own
initiative.
Please be aware that under no circumstances should an item of luggage
weighing 32kg or more be checked in. This is in line with current health and
safety laws. Also any bag with a weight in excess of 15kg must carry a
Heavy Bag tag to ensure such a bag can be identified prior to lifting to
reduce the risk of injury during loading & unloading.

EN

The passengers attention must be drawn to the prohibited articles list and
dangerous goods list at check in.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

The latest excess luggage charge can be obtained from Eastern Airways
Reservations department.

SECTION 3
FIREARMS

PAGE 3.7/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.8 FIREARMS
Eastern Airways accept carriage of sporting weapons provided notification of
carriage is made at the time of making the reservation and provided they
are stowed on the aircraft which is inaccessible to passengers during the
flight and in the case of firearms, unloaded.

Any person requesting carriage of firearms or ammunitions must:


Receive prior permission from Eastern Airways.
Produce a current license for the weapon / possession of ammunition.
Travel with the weapon / ammunition.
Transport the firearms in a rigid, lockable container.
Transport the ammunition in a rigid, lockable container.

EN

Checking In

Check in staff to inform Airport Security, Airport Police or Customs


Officer as requested.

Passenger to provide valid license together with identification at check


in.

Firearm must be presented in the lockable container / case and must


be unloaded.

Keys to the case to be held by the passenger.

Labels (as shown below) must be attached to the lockable container /


case.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

Ammunition allowance up to 5 kgs is to be carried in the passengers hold


baggage in a rigid, locked container.

FIREARM MUST NOT BE LEFT UNATTENDED AT ANY TIME


Ground handling personnel to complete the Declaration of Surrender of
Firearms form (see below) and distribute the copies as detailed.
Once the documentation has been completed and the container / case
labelled, airport security will accompany the firearm to a safe area ahead
of loading.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


FIREARMS

PAGE 3.8/1
300115

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


FIREARMS

PAGE 3.8/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Loading
Sporting weapon / ammunition are to be loaded into inaccessible hold.
Note: Firearm travelling on the J41 aircraft must be loaded into the POD
(hold 4)
IMPORTANT: Passenger is not to be made aware of the location of their
firearm.

EN

Number of firearms (confirm number of firearms per case).


Passenger name.
Tag number.
Hold loading position.

O
CU

Departure station nominated handling agent to send a SITA message to the


destination station ensuring all relevant details are included.

Arrival

The destination airport appointed ground handling agent should plan for the
co-ordination of the sporting weapon offload and subsequent handover of
the firearm to the passenger.

LL
E

Ground handling personnel must ensure when the sporting weapon is


offloaded it is kept separate to the hand baggage being placed on the valet
trolley.

Sporting weapon must not be placed on the airport carrousel.

TR

Sporting weapon must not be handed to the passenger without first seeing a
form of identification and copy of the license.

CO

Firearm and ammunition to be returned to their owner in the presence of a


Police Officer, Airport Security or a Customs Officer as requested.

For additional information or assistance, pleased notify Humberside


Operations who will contact the company Dangerous Goods Manager /
Security Manager.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


FIREARMS

PAGE 3.8/3
300115

Eastern airways
3.9

Ground Operations Manual

DISRUPTION PROCEDURES

Disruptions requiring Hotel Accommodation


In the event of a disruption being of sufficient duration to warrant the
accommodation of passengers and crew members in a hotel, Handling
Agents are requested to ensure that, wherever possible, crews and disrupted
passengers are allocated separate hotels.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern Operations at HUY will distribute disruption notification to handling


agents.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DISRUPTION PROCEDURES

PAGE 3.9/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.10 WEIGHT PROBLEMS AND OFFLOAD PRIORITIES


Weight problems may be encountered on flights booked to full
capacity with heavy baggage loads, or where weather or runway
conditions impose a payload restriction.
In the event of any weight problem, it is Eastern Airways policy to offload
volunteer passenger(s) and their baggage or, in circumstances when there is
another flight to the same destination during that day, to offload baggage
(with the passengers knowledge).
It is therefore vital that, in the event of a heavy load, the aircraft crew are
made aware of the possible problem, and are passed their figures as soon as
possible to make contingency plans.

EN

It is vital that whenever passengers are offloaded, their baggage is


removed from the flight. This is a Security requirement, and must
be adhered to.

O
CU

THE FOLLOWING CLASSES OF PASSENGER SHOULD NEVER BE


OFFLOADED:
Unaccompanied Minors
Wheelchair passengers or Passengers requiring assistance

Full details of Eastern Airways offload priorities can be found below:

The following priorities (Items are listed in order of off-load) are to be


adhered to when an Eastern Airways flight is overweight:

3)
4)
5)
6)

Company Stores (unless AOG).


Staff and third parties travelling on rebated tickets (refer to staff
onload priority codes).
Unaccompanied baggage and Rush Bags
Excess Baggage
Revenue Freight
Courier Mail

7)
8)
9)

Voluntary offload passengers AND their baggage.


Last passenger checked in to flight AND their baggage
AOG Stores

CO

TR

LL
E

1)
2)

Staff booking codes


A number of booking codes are used within the booking system for Staff
related travel.
Reservations will show either HK status which means they have a confirmed
seat or MM for standby.
In addition to duty travel, E class is used for non-revenue tickets such as
complimentary and competition winners.
Please note: A reservation booked in E class does not automatically
mean passengers are on standby

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEIGHT AND OFF-LOAD PRIORITIES

PAGE 3.10/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

A priority code may be shown as follows:


001 ID00s priority code is a top priority code and is only issued against a
confirmed seat. These passengers should not be off loaded.

007 ID00p Priority code is issued also against a confirmed seat but a 001
has priority over this code should an off load be necessary

013 ID00 priority is a standby passenger travelling (normally EA Staff)


and on the passenger list sent to the Airport shows SA for standby
against the name.

EN

OTHER PRIORITY CODES USED FOR THE TRAVEL INDUSTRY

006 ID50 priority code confirmed seat for industry discount 50% revenue
of full fare value.

008 AD50 priority code confirmed seat for Agents discount 50% revenue
of full fare.

009 ID75p confirmed space for industry discount 25% revenue of full fare
(only for special agreements with specific airlines)

010 ID75 standby seat for industry discount 25% discount revenue of full
fare value

011 AD75 standby seat for Agent discount 25% revenue of full fare value

012 ID90 standby seat for industry discount 10% revenue of full fare
value

TR

LL
E

O
CU

CO

SSR REMARKS FOR CHECK-IN AGAINST A PRIORITY 001 ID00S MAY ALSO
STATE NOT OFF LOAD

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEIGHT AND OFF-LOAD PRIORITIES

PAGE 3.10/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.11 DENIED BOARDING


Eastern Airways do not operate an overbooking policy. This means that
everyone that has a reservation has a confirmed seat (With the exception of
positioning staff members who will show as standby)
Once your respective load control, dispatcher, crew or Eastern Airways
Operations have confirmed we have an overweight situation we always ask
for volunteers first. Please ensure this is communicated at the earliest
opportunity to Eastern Airways Operations as an operational decision to
accommodate passengers in preference to baggage may be made.

If there are no volunteers we involuntary deny the last checked in


passenger/s, irrespective of class booked. If we are looking for one single
offload then avoid at this point offloading multiple checked in passengers.

O
CU

EN

We would always try to off load passengers before resorting to off loading
baggage. This is to save multiple passengers being inconvenienced as
opposed to one passenger. The only exception to this is if it is the last flight
of the week. You must always seek staff passengers to offload first in every
instance, following the specific request advised by operations. A delay may
be imposed to accommodate such activity.

TR

LL
E

Voluntary compensation is equivalent of GBP100 maximum. Involuntary


compensation is GBP100 minimum. Passenger to contact Eastern Airways
Customer Relations for full claim details.
In addition to the above, the passenger is entitled to one of the following
options:
1) Rebooking for the next available service irrespective of fare class
availability.
2) Rebooking at a later date, subject to original fare class availability and
conditions.
3) A full refund of any unused Eastern sectors.

CO

The reservation will need to be altered to enable them to be checked in for


the next available flight.
Also issue the passenger with refreshments
vouchers or arrange hotel accommodation and transfers if the next available
service means an overnight stay.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DENIED BOARDING

PAGE 3.11/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.12 DIVERSIONS
Where aircraft have to divert from their scheduled destination airport,
Eastern Airways will make every effort to ensure passengers receive forward
transport to that destination.
Once the diversion airport is ascertained, Handling Agents will liaise with
Eastern Airways Operations where a decision will be made regarding the
onward transport of both inbound and outbound passengers.

EN

Where a decision is made for passengers to be sent by road transport to


their airport of destination, or from their departure airport to the airport
where the aircraft has diverted; Handling Agents will be requested to
organise said transport to the required airport with minimum delay.
Messages with ETD of road transport and passenger numbers and their
names should be forwarded to the destination airport and to Eastern Airways
Operations as soon as possible.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

It is vital that passengers are kept fully informed with delay information at
regular intervals. Particular attention must be paid to unaccompanied minors
and PRMs by arranging/offering a courtesy call to parents/guardians where
applicable. Passenger welfare arrangements will be appropriate to the time
of day and length of delay. Eastern Airways Operations will authorise the
use of LRV vouchers.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DIVERSIONS

PAGE 3.12/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.13 DELAYS AND CANCELLATIONS


(IN ACCORDANCE WITH EU REGULATION 261/2004)
Please ensure the airport FID screens and all passengers are kept up to date
and regular announcements are made as per the airport announcement
guideline issued.
It is our policy that Light Refreshment Vouchers (L.R.Vs) should be issued
after a 1 hour delay or whereby a delay of approximately 1 hour or more is
anticipated, to the value of 5.00. If you are aware in advance of the delay
please inform passengers and issue the vouchers at check-in.

O
CU

EN

After a delay of two hours, passengers may take a rebooking option should
they not wish to travel on the service. This is subject to availability and they
must rebook under the original booking terms and conditions. Telephone
calls are permitted also but this is to be a national number only and a
maximum of two calls per passenger.
If the passenger is on a day return they are able to change their whole
journey as obviously this will have considerably inconvenienced them. If
they have a restricted ticket i.e. anything other than S class they are to
rebook under the original terms and conditions.

All tickets are non-refundable unless the delay exceeds 5 hours.

TR

LL
E

If a flight is cancelled, passengers are entitled to one of the following


options:
1) Rebooking for the next available service irrespective of fare class
availability
2) Rebooking at a later date subject to original fare class availability and
booking conditions
3) Applying for a full refund of any unused Eastern sectors by contacting
the original booking source

CO

The passenger may be entitled to compensation depending on the


circumstances. All passengers to be directed to Customer Relations for
compensation queries.

If the next available service is not until the following day, we are obliged to
provide hotel accommodation and transfers to and from the accommodation.
This is to include an evening meal allowance up to the value of 15.00 and
breakfast.
We will not compensate passengers who choose to make individual
arrangements.
Please try to assist passengers as much as possible even if you think we will
not be able to accommodate his/her requests at least look like you have
tried!
3.13.1
Disclosure of Passenger Names
Requests are often received for information as to whether a particular
passenger is travelling on a certain flight, usually on arrival but sometimes
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
DELAYS AND CANCELLATIONS

PAGE 3.13/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

on departure. Whenever such a request is received the information should


be courteously refused.
The reason for this is that when a passenger travels on an Eastern Airways
flight, it is a matter strictly between themselves and Eastern Airways. They
may have a very good reason for not wishing anybody to know their travel
arrangements.
Eastern Airways also has a legal responsibility to protect the personal
information it holds on passengers under the Data Protection Act.
There may be circumstances where a travelling passenger asks us as the
airline to convey a message to an individual, in which case that responsibility
is absolved in as far as conveying the given message.

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

3.13.2
Flight Interruption Manifest (F.I.M.)
The purpose of a Flight interruption manifest (F.I.M) is to enable us to
reroute passengers (pax) on other airlines or carriers during periods of
disruption. The F.I.M expedites the transition from our airline to the other
carrier and in essence acts as a ticket written by our ticket desks or handling
agents.

CO

Disruption can come in several forms i.e. the aircraft may be unserviceable
(U/S) in which case we may have to try and reroute all our pax on that
particular flight.

It could be that the aircraft is over weight and we need to reroute just one
or two pax after being denied boarding with ourselves.
An aircraft being over weight can be the result of several reasons; the
captain may have needed to load extra fuel due to inclement weather either
en-route or at the destination. Or it could simply be a case of an over
booking situation or even an unusually large amount of baggage.
In either case where we are unable to carry a passenger (pap) we will
endeavour to get them to their destination
When we become aware that we have the requirement to reroute pax we
must in the first instance we need to ascertain how many pax and which pax
we will reroute.
We can then start to complete the F.I.M.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
DELAYS AND CANCELLATIONS

PAGE 3.13/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

The actual F.I.M is a very basic form and easy to follow with clear
instructions printed on the front page on which party receives which page
and what details are required to be completed. See below.
Airline code & Flt No

Reason for disruption

O
CU

EN

Airline of origin

code

&

(E)

Origin & Destination


New carrier code & Flt No
Originator
Ticket Details

LL
E

3.13.3 Use of Sub-chartered Aircraft


Occasionally it may become necessary for Eastern Airways to sub-charter an
aircraft from another operator.
This may be to cover short-notice
operational or technical problems, or may be planned longer term to cover
maintenance inputs on our own aircraft.

CO

TR

The exact method of handling will tend to vary depending on the operator
concerned and the aircraft type, and in the case of short-notice subcharters, the Eastern Airways Operations Department is the main contact in
defining the responsibilities of each party. Below are listed a few general
points regarding sub-charters:

Where practical, we will try and arrange for all handling to be


carried out by our own handling agent. However, certain operators
may insist that their own representative handle them for certain
aspects of the operation, most notably the ramp. In this instance it is
essential that local procedures and responsibilities are agreed between
Eastern Airways handling agent and that of the chartered airline.
Eastern Airways will normally send a representative of our Cabin
Crew on board a sub-chartered aircraft for Customer Relations
purposes. Before check-in is opened, please ensure a seat is reserved
for this member of staff who should be booked on the PNL.

In general, the crew of a sub-charter aircraft will produce their own manual
load sheet. The dispatcher should provide the crew with a breakdown of
Males/Females/Children/Infants in addition to the quantity of baggage etc.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
DELAYS AND CANCELLATIONS

PAGE 3.13/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

In addition, the crew may require details of passenger distribution in the


cabin if seat numbers have been allocated.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DELAYS AND CANCELLATIONS

PAGE 3.13/4
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.14 PASSENGER CARE HANDLING POST DISRUPTION


The primary focus must always be on welfare, care and service delivery,
derived primarily from improved communications and a coordinated plan of
action.
Whilst this additional passenger care may be as a result of an operational
incident this care should not be limited to an on board experience.
As the Eastern Airways airport representatives you become Eastern
Airways in the delivery of passenger care.
are

responsible

for

the

agents

EN

All operational staff and handling


implementation of the procedure.

O
CU

3.14.1 Flight Crew


The Captain of the inbound flight will inform the ground handling agent that
passenger care is required.
At the earliest opportunity the Captain will contact Humberside Operations
and advise the reason for the return to stand or diversion. The C aptain
will confirm t h e information provided to the passengers and any other
considerations such as UNMINS, children or other specials on board.

TR

LL
E

3.14.2 Eastern Airways Operations


On receiving the brief from the flight crew, Humberside Operations will
communicate with the handling agent.
This communication will include:
Nature of the incident
How the incident was handled by the crew
What information was passed to the passengers by the crew
Additional Special information

CO

The flight recovery plan should not be time driven to the detriment of
passenger care.

3.14.3 Handling Agent


The most senior member of staff present on shift is to approach the Captain
to establish that both parties agree with the information and instruction
received from Humberside Ops.
Any contradiction should be clarified at this point.
3.14.4 Care Guidelines
Following passenger disembarkation, the nominated handling agent will be
responsible for reassuring and managing the welfare of the passengers.
In the first instance the senior member of staff should oversee the
passengers.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


PAX CARE POST DISRUPTION

PAGE 3.14/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Responsibilities are to include assembly of the passengers together in a


suitable are and carry out the following:

Obtain the passenger flight list and take note of any specials such
as UNMINS, mother and child, WCHR pax etc and contact next of
kin
Offer regular information updates
Offer care and assistance and arrange rebooking / refund options in
accordance with Eastern Airways guidelines for delays and
cancellations.
Any special requests should not be ruled out liaise with Eastern
Airways and Customer Relations.
Offer assistance with calls and messages. Offer of drinks and
snacks.
Agent to remain visual to the passengers at all times.

EN

O
CU

At all times the safety of our passengers, crew and aircraft, remain the
priority of the operation. All decision making should be carried out in a
well coordinated manner ensuring consistency and should remain in the
interests of all concerned.
initiate

In the case of a full emergency situation do not wait to


instructions to handle the incident.

CO

TR

LL
E

Handling agent to provide a summary of the event to Humberside


Operations / Customer Relations.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


PAX CARE POST DISRUPTION

PAGE 3.14/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.15 LOST BAGGAGE


When a bag is damaged, pilfered or missing you will need to complete a
Property Irregularity Report (P.I.R). When completing a P.I.R you need to
take the passenger full details and as many references to the bag as
possible.
There are 3 possibilities which we do not wish to be seen speculating when
dealing with pilfered baggage (pilfered - where items are reported or known
to be missing from a piece or pieces of luggage). These are:

Fallen out due to ill packing of the bag by the passenger


The item was never packed in the first instance
The item has been stolen

O
CU

EN

A P.I.R form (see next page) is only to be completed if the incident is


reported immediately and directly from the passenger at the airport. The top
white copy to be given to the passenger and a copy faxed to Customer
Relations. After this time the passenger should be advised to report the
incident to the police, contact their insurers or put their claim in writing and
to be received no later than 7 days from the date of travel.

Scuffs, dents and cosmetic damage are all classed as general wear and tear
and therefore this is out of the control of Eastern Airways. The damage
should be assessed by yourself and your honest opinion given. If the
damage is minimal refer the passenger to their own insurer.

TR

LL
E

In the event of a bag missing please ensure everything is done to get the
bag to the passenger as soon as possible. In the first instance ask the ramp
operative to re-check the inbound aircraft and also ring the airport of origin.
(If the bag has been interlined we will not take any responsibility for this.
We will endeavour to get the bag to the airport at which it should have
arrived at but we are not responsible for getting the bag to the passenger.
For passengers staying away, we do pay interim expenses of 25.00 per
24hours to a maximum of 75.00 upon production of valid receipts. All
claims are to be forwarded to Customer Relations.

CO

If you are aware a bag is arriving on a flight please make arrangements in


advance to ensure a speedy delivery to the passenger. We do have
designated couriers and so you should always make use of these in the first
instance. If it is outside the delivery times and the passenger is staying
away from home but staying locally, organise delivery by taxi.
If the passenger is going home and lives locally arrange for a same day
delivery by designated courier. If not local or outside courier times, arrange
a next day or overnight delivery with the appointed couriers.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


LOST BAGGAGE

PAGE 3.15/1
300115

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


LOST BAGGAGE

PAGE 3.15/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

3.16 FLIGHT DISRUPTION REPORT FEEDBACK TO CUSTOMER


SERVICES
In the event of disruption, a daily disruption report must be completed and
emailed to customerrelations@easternairways.com

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


FLIGHT DISRUPTION REPORT

PAGE 3.16/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.17 BOARDING ANNOUNCEMENTS


Delayed Flights
Handling agent must keep passengers informed of the delay situation and
must ensure that all airport FIDS are updated accordingly.
Announcements for delayed fights must be made every 15 minutes
MINIMUM to keep Passengers up to date with the situation.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Ensure this is no more than 30 minutes as a maximum ideally 15 minutes


if for technical reasons until a firm time can be established

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


BOARDING ANNOUNCEMENTS

PAGE 3.17/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.18 PUNCTUALITY AND GROUND HANDLING PERFORMANCE


3.18.1

Standard Turnaround Plan

Eastern Airways aim for a turnaround time of 25 minutes. In order for this to
be achieved it is important that all our service providers are ready to service
the aircraft in a timely manner. The dispatch coordinator is responsible for
the coordination of all services associated with the turnaround.
For off schedule flights, the turnaround time is reduced to 20 minutes to
recover the schedule.
3.18.2

Automatic Passenger Boarding

Presentation at Aircraft door (all departures)

EN

For an on time departure and irrespective of ATC slot (CTOT), passenger


boarding will commence automatically to achieve the following;
STD -10min

O
CU

The handling agent is responsible for ensuring that all pre-board calls and
calls for airport busses (where required) are done in sufficient time to
present passengers at the aircraft steps STD -10min.
Aircraft door closed STD -03mins.

The aircraft dispatcher will not reaffirm boarding times prior to


commencement of boarding. It is the responsibility of the Captain to inhibit
auto board.

LL
E

Automatically boarding passengers will always be the case providing:

TR

There is at least one Cabin Crew member and Pilot (either Captain
or First Officer) on board the aircraft.
They have not been advised by the Captain or Operations Control of
any reason not to automatically board. This reason will then be the
delay code to be used for any delayed flight.

CO

Normally cleaning, catering or fuelling will not stop the process of auto
boarding unless local airport operating restrictions dictate otherwise.

In situations where the cabin security checks have not been completed then
the passengers will be held at the aircraft door until these are completed.
Should an aircraft be off schedule, the dispatcher MUST liaise with the flight
crew regarding the autoboard procedure.
3.18.3

Delay Coding Policy

It is important that accurate delay codes and reasons are reported openly
and honestly so we can look at the root causes and look to prevent a
reoccurrence.
All delays must be agreed between the dispatcher and the flight crew.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


PUNCTUALITY AND GROUND HANDLING PERFORMANCE

PAGE 3.18/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Should autoboard not be possible, the movement message must


include the reason why under Supplementary Information.

3.18.4 DELAY ANALYSIS


In order to understand why a delay has occurred and what, if any, action
could be taken to prevent a reoccurrence, please communicate with
aircraft.delays@easternairways.com

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Please include as much information as possible regarding the delay and any
resulting action taken to prevent a reoccurrence.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


PUNCTUALITY AND GROUND HANDLING PERFORMANCE

PAGE 3.18/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.19 COMMUNICATION WITH EASTERN AIRWAYS OPERATIONS


The Eastern Airways Operations Department manage the aircraft flying
programme, including aircraft allocations, slot requests, etc. Immediate
communication with Eastern Airways Operations is essential
Eastern Airways Operations will always assume an aircraft will be
ready to depart on time unless they are advised otherwise.
Please note the following points:

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

All efforts will be made by Eastern Airways Operations to obtain an ontime slot on the assumption that the aircraft will be able to achieve
this.
If it is likely that an on-time departure is not going to be achieved,
Eastern Operations should be advised. This allows delays to allocated
slots (where applicable) to be applied for.
If an aircraft has not departed within 15 minutes of schedule (or
revised ETD), Eastern Airways Operations should be advised.
Eastern Airways Operations should be advised in the event of an
aircraft missing an ATC slot.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


COMMUNICATION WITH EASTERN AIRWAYS OPERATIONS

PAGE 3.19/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.20 BOARDING SEQUENCE


All aircraft
Each aircraft has specific seating requirements for special passengers. At
the point of check-in & subsequently boarding, ensure that such passengers
occupy the intended seats to ensure flight safety is maintained.
Given the safety of passengers is of paramount importance, certain
passengers must not be seated adjacent to the emergency exits when
boarding which we ask you to advise at both the point of check-in & at the
point of boarding. These include:-

EN

Persons of Reduced Mobility (including the blind and deaf)


Persons who are elderly or frail
Children and Infants (whether accompanied or not)
Prisoners in Custody
Obese Passengers
Expectant Mothers

O
CU

Those listed above are to be seated where they will not impede the crew in
their duties, obstruct access to emergency equipment or in any way hinder
the speedy evacuation of other persons.

Reduced mobility passengers are to be seated as close as possible to the


floor level emergency exit: i.e. Row 3 on a J41

LL
E

J41
8A, 9B, 9C
Any except EE
Rows 3, 4, 5
9B & 9C
8A, 9B, 9C
8 or 9 B & C *
Rows 3, 4, 5

TR

Passenger type
Children (UM)
Obese
Reduced Mobility
Prisoner & Escort
Expectant Mother
Infant
Elderly

Special Passenger Seating by Row / Number:

CO

* - Only rows to contain oxygen facility for infants

S20
Rows 2, 3 or 4
Any except EE
Rows 2, 3 or 4
17 or 18 B & C
Any except EE
2A, 5A, 9A, 14A, 18A
Rows 2, 3 or 4
EE Emergency Exit seats

On all flights, wheelchair and assistance passengers should be pre-boarded


where it is practical to do so. Considerations should also be given to families
with children/infants and other passengers requiring extra time to board.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


BOARDING SEQUENCE

PAGE 3.20/1
300115

Eastern airways
3.21

Ground Operations Manual

TRANSIT FLIGHTS

3.21.1

GENERAL HANDLING ISSUES

In order that transit passengers may be correctly identified and briefed


regarding the procedure at their transit airport, it is essential that Cabin
Crew receive accurate information regarding the Transit load.
Transit passengers may be required to disembark at transit airports if
refuelling of the aircraft is required. It is therefore even more important
that these passengers are identified as soon as practical.

EN

Transit passengers may have to be checked in on either the computerised or


manual system at the transit airport, and the information for their check-in
will be gleaned from the Departure Message sent from the origin airport.
The details on the Departure Message should indicate passenger name,
number of bags, bag tag numbers and weight of bags.

O
CU

Transit bags should be kept in the hold of the aircraft at the hub airport &
wherever possible loaded separately from the point-to-point bags. Transit
tags are provided by Eastern Airways for the aid of this specific purpose and
should be used to identify such transit bags clearly.

Flight figures given to the crew for the final destination airport should
include the checked in transit passengers.

LL
E

Departure message from Transit airport should include details of the number
of transit passengers on board in addition to any passengers boarded locally
for the onward sector.

TR

Eastern Airways does operate both published routes that include a transit
stop en-route (i.e. ABZ-NCL-SOU & vice versa) in addition to offering
recovery of delayed passengers by incorporating a transit stop to
accommodate.

CO

3.21.2 Hub management and flight connections


Eastern Airways ground staff on duty at hub stations are responsible (in
conjunction with handling agents) for the monitoring of connecting
passenger traffic and the welfare of passengers during times of disruption.
These staff, together with Handling Agents will monitor all flights paying
particular attention to transfer passengers. Where necessary, they will liaise
with Eastern Airways Operations and/or outstations to advise of delays,
potential re-routing requirements etc.
During disruptions, Eastern Airways Operations will liaise with their ground
staff and Handling Agents over matters of passenger welfare, coaching (for
diverted flights) to ensure passengers are kept informed..
Ground staff and handling agents will also liaise with other carriers to ensure
connections are made whenever possible. They will also be responsible for
liaison with Reservations for the re-booking of passengers with missed
connections and advising passengers of details of revised bookings and the
liaison with baggage departments for the re-tagging or retrieval of baggage.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
TRANSIT FLIGHTS/HUB MANAGEMENT/CONNECTIONS

PAGE 3.21/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

3.21.3
Passenger Dress code
Eastern Airways may deny boarding to any passenger presenting themselves
in unsuitable attire, such as being scantly dressed, bare feet or distastefully
decorated garments which may cause offence to other passengers.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


TRANSIT FLIGHTS/HUB MANAGEMENT/CONNECTIONS

PAGE 3.21/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

3.22 PASSENGER COMPLAINTS AND COMMENTS


Any passenger complaint relating to an Eastern Airways flight, which cannot
be resolved locally, should be addressed to:
Customer Relations
Eastern Airways (UK) Ltd
Schiphol House
Schiphol Way
Humberside International Airport
Kirmington
DN39 6YH

EN

Telephone: + 00 44 1652 688886


Fax:
+ 00 44 1652 680899
Email: customerrelations@easternairways.com

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

Where any mishandling or incident occurs which is likely to result in a


passenger complaint to the department, handling agents are requested to
provide a report to Customer Relations in advance.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


PASSENGER COMPLAINTS AND COMMENTS

PAGE 3.22/1
300115

Eastern airways
3.23

Ground Operations Manual

CONDITIONS OF CARRIAGE

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

For conditions of carriage, please refer to the Eastern Airways website.


www.easternairways.com

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CONDITIONS OF CARRIAGE

PAGE 3.23/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

SECTION 4 - FREIGHT & COMPANY MAIL


4.1

CARRIAGE OF DANGEROUS GOODS BY AIR

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern Airways does permit the carriage of dangerous goods by air, however
this is restricted to specific routes and fleet type. Please refer to Section 9.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 BAGGAGE STOWAGE & DISTRIBUTION

PAGE 4.1/1
300115

Eastern airways
4.2

Ground Operations Manual

TYPES OF FREIGHT

4.2.1
Carriage of Live Animals
Live animals are NOT acceptable for carriage on Eastern Airways aircraft
except as provided for below:

Hearing dogs permitted


Seeing dogs permitted

The aircrafts Captain must be informed of the location of such a dog on the
aircraft.

EN

Carriage of animals France


Only 1 animal per flight will be permitted to travel in the aircraft cabin and will
be limited to either a cat or a dog (max 6kg in weight).

Important: birds, fish, reptiles, rodents including but not limited to guinea
pigs, hamsters, rabbits, ferrets, rats, lizards, snakes are NOT accepted.

TR

LL
E

O
CU

Conditions for acceptance:


Request must be made at the time of booking by calling our Customer
Contact Centre
Maximum of one dog or cat per sector
Must be clean, healthy, harmless, odourless and not pregnant
Not annoy other passengers
Must be kept in at all times a ventilated soft sided, clean & leak proof
bag that can be adequately stowed under the seat in front.
The MAXIMUM size of the container for carriage is 40(l) x 30(w) x
25(h)cm
Maximum weight 6kg/13.2lb including carrier
Health/vaccination certificates must be carried
A charge of 30.00 (EURO) is chargeable per dog per sector

CO

The dog & container is in addition to the normal carry-on baggage allowance.

The SSR code for entry to process a dog in carriage is PETC for PET in
Cabin.
Any passenger carrying an animal container, should be allocated any of the
following seats, 2B, 3B, 4B, 5B, 7B, 8B or 9B, leaving the adjacent seat C
free. If the flight is full then it may be necessary for the passenger to have
the container at their feet which is space restrictive.
The carriage of an animal will be decided on a first come, first served basis.
4.2.2
Unusual, Oversized or Fragile Items
Eastern Airways cannot carry oversized items such as bicycles, surfboards etc.
Any oversized item arriving at check-in should be dealt with on an individual
basis if the item will physically fit through the hold doors; they should be
accepted on a standby basis only and the passenger advised. Eastern
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
TYPES OF BAGGAGE

PAGE 4.2/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Airways will NOT accept liability for costs incurred by such items not being
carried, or being carried on a later flight.
If items are carried on a separate flight it is on the understanding that the
passenger is responsible for arranging collection of the item from the
destination airport. A message should be sent to the destination station to
this effect.
Musical Instruments and other Oversized items as Cabin
Baggage
Cabin Baggage in the Jetstream aircraft is surrendered at the aircraft steps
and loaded in the rear hold.
Passengers should therefore make prior
arrangements with Eastern Airways before presenting such items for carriage
in the cabin. In the case of large items such as Cellos, it may be necessary to
book an extra seat for carriage within the aircraft cabin.

EN

4.2.3

D
D

4.2.5
Carriage of Chemicals
Refer to Section 9 Dangerous Goods

O
CU

4.2.4
Carriage of Human Remains
Eastern Airways do NOT accept coffins or Human Remains for carriage on
board their aircraft other than ashes in a sealed container which are
acceptable for carriage.

TR

LL
E

4.2.6
Air Carrier Mail, Material and Unaccompanied Bags
The Eastern Airways Operation at Aberdeen is the focal point for company
mail distribution. All company mail bags will route to Aberdeen for onward
distribution.

CO

Two types of company mail bag are used, Red & Blue. Red bags are used for
the transportation of company mail from international destinations, blue bags
are used for internal destinations.

Only a small amount of mail bags should be kept by each station. All other
unused bags must be sent back to Aberdeen. Should any mail bag be
required, the request must be sent to:
ABZDispatchcoordinator@easternairways.com
It is a requirement that any baggage or air carrier material that is to be
classed as unaccompanied is screened by the security provider in two
different orientations.
For each unaccompanied bag, the form in Appendix A must be used. The
date, flight number and aircraft registration must be completed by the
Eastern Airways staff member.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


TYPES OF BAGGAGE

PAGE 4.2/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

The form must be presented to the security agent responsible for screening
for them to tick the screening method and sign to confirm that the
unaccompanied bag was screened.
The remainder of the form is to be completed by Eastern staff.
1 x copy of the form is to remain with the flight file
2 x copies are to be provided to the flight deck (one for the flight crew
paperwork / one for the receiving handling agent)
1 x copy is to travel with the freight

EN

The bag tag details to be entered onto the Bingo sheet must be separate from
the rest of the bag tag details and must include the words Unaccompanied
bag.

O
CU

Unaccompanied bags must not be allowed to travel without the completed


unaccompanied hold baggage screening form and must travel in the hold.

Eastern Airways internal mail bags (Red/Blue) are subject to the


same procedures.

LL
E

4.2.7
Carriage of Xmas crackers
All company mail is subject to screening prior to loading onto the aircraft. An
unaccompanied hold baggage certificate must be completed

CO

TR

Eastern Airways allows the carriage of Xmas crackers and party poppers. Only
one box of either crackers or party poppers is allowed per passengers. They
must be in the original packaging and be packed within a passengers checked
in luggage.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


TYPES OF BAGGAGE

PAGE 4.2/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

APPENDIX A CERTIFICATE OF SECURITY MEASURES

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


APPENDIX A CERTIFICATE OF SECURITY MEASURES

PAGE 4A/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

4.3
EASTERN AIRWAYS SPECIFIC CARRIAGE OF ITEMS ON
AIRCRAFT
ACCEPT

LIMITATION/
REQUIREMENT

CHARGE
APPLIED
-

Bicycles

Subject to space must


have front wheel removed
and attached securely to
machine frame, handlebars
folded level with machine
frame, pedals removed or
folded, assemblies or
lubricated parts covered to
protect machine and aircraft

None*

Birds / Reptiles

Not accepted

Max one per pax. Safety


cover must be fitted over
heating element, cannot be
used on-board. No spare gas
refills to be carried other
than punctured cylinder
fitted

None*

In hold-baggage, as
packaged & sealed by
manufacturer

None*

Dangerous Goods

Refer to section 9 GOM

Diving cylinders

Refer to section 9 - GOM

None*

Must not be used or


switched-on on-board

Refer to section 9 - GOM

CO

EN

TR

Christmas
crackers

Electronic
equipment
Firearms
military

LL
E

Catalytic hair
curlers, (refer to
Section 9
Dangerous
Goods)

O
CU

Animals / Pets

Except seeing eye dogs for


the blind or hearing dogs
for the deaf (see below)

ITEM

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CARRIAGE OF SPECIFIC ITEMS ON AIRCRAFT

None* 1.1
-

PAGE 4.3/1
300115

Ground Operations Manual

Must be stored in lockable


container & checked-in as
hold baggage. Ammunition
must be carried separately &
container must be tagged.
Respective airport police
made aware & a NOTOC
must be completed. Firearms
licence MUST be produced at
check-in

Subject to any local or


national restrictions that
may apply regarding food
type or origination

Golf clubs

Half set accepted subject to


being within maximum
baggage allowance. Carried
subject to space

None*

Guide dogs /
hearing dogs

Eastern airways

As above note

Free of
charge

Hang-gliders

Insufficient space in hold

None*

Mobile telephone
/ pagers
Mopeds /
Scooters / Motorcycles
Non-folding
perambulators
Outboard motors
/ engines

LL
E

TR

None*

Always carried as hand


baggage

Can be used in cabin when


advised by cabin staff

Must not be switched-on


including flight mode onboard

None 1.1

Insufficient space in hold

Insufficient space in hold

Insufficient space in hold

CO

Jewellery, money,
fragile goods,
valuable goods,
keys
Laptop
computer/pads/
games

Only ashes permitted in


sealed protective container.
Must be carried as hand
baggage

Human remains

O
CU

Food items /
perishable goods

Unless
exceeding
free baggage
limitation

EN

Firearms
sporting /
hunting. Also
refer to Section 9

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CARRIAGE OF SPECIFIC ITEMS ON AIRCRAFT

None* 1.1
None free
laptop
allowance

PAGE 4.3/2
300115

Eastern airways
Personal stereos
(incl CD/MP3)

Ground Operations Manual

Must not be used on-board

None* 1.1
Included in
normal
baggage
allowance

Must be foldable/collapsible

Skis,
windsurfers,
surfboards &
bodyboards

Carried only subject to space


in hold

None*

Thermometer

Must be carried in protective


container (i.e. medical case)

None*

Video camera /
camera

Must not be recording /


switched on on-board

Must be of folding/collapsible
type, if powered must have
non-spillable battery type
and battery must be
disconnected with terminals
safely secured away from
battery terminals by pax

None* 1.1

None*

LL
E

Wheelchairs
manual or
powered. Also
refer to Section 9

O
CU

EN

Pushchairs,
buggies & folding
prams

CO

TR

Key to table:
None* subject to not exceeding maximum hold or hand baggage
allowances, excess baggage charges then apply
1.1
must always be carried as hand baggage although no liability
for loss or damage shall be entered into by Eastern Airways.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CARRIAGE OF SPECIFIC ITEMS ON AIRCRAFT

PAGE 4.3/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

4.4 CARGO CARRIAGE PROCEDURES / CARGO CONTRACTS


Eastern Airways doesnt currently operate a cargo service or dedicated cargo
flights.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern Airways company cargo such as aircraft parts, catering or company


packages are to be handled by handling agents or base staff at each base &
marked appropriately as company freight.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CARGO CARRIAGE PROCEDURES

PAGE 4.4/1
300115

Eastern airways
4.5

Ground Operations Manual

BAGGAGE LOSS / DAMAGE

The distress caused to passengers by the non-arrival of their baggage is


considerable, and should be reduced by assurance that everything possible is
being done to retrieve the missing items as speedily as possible.
It is essential that a Property Irregularity Report is completed before the
passenger leaves the airport. The likelihood of speedy retrieval is directly
proportional to the extent and accuracy of the information supplied on the
form. On the reverse of the Eastern Airways Property Irregularity Report is a
letter detailing the procedure that should be followed in the event of a
lost/damaged or delayed bag.

Every effort should be made to find lost baggage including calling other
airports where the missing baggage could have flown.

EN

It is important that the passenger is kept informed of developments in the


search for his/her baggage.

O
CU

4.5.1 Compensation Missing Bags


If bags cannot be delivered the same day and the passenger is away from
home, each passenger is eligible for 25 per person per night for up to three
nights.

Further claim for loss or damage must be made in writing as instructed on PIR
and passengers should keep receipts for any items purchased as a result of
the missing baggage.

CO

TR

LL
E

Refer back to section 3, Passenger Handling for completion of P.I.R. details &
communication with Eastern Airways.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


BAGGAGE LOSS/DAMAGE

PAGE 4.5/1
300115

Eastern airways
4.6

Ground Operations Manual

TRANSIT FLIGHTS BAGGAGE

4.6.1 Origin Airport


Transit bags should ideally be loaded together in order to ease identification
at the transit stop.
There is no specific requirement to load transit bags in a particular hold,
although it is recommended that all transit bags be loaded in the same hold,
which if possible is the opposite to that of the baggage to be off-loaded at the
transit stop on both the J41 & S20.
A transit baggage tag must be attached to the transit bag for speed of
identification at the transit airport.

EN

Transit baggage tags should be kept in a secure location when not in use.

O
CU

4.6.2 Transit Airport


Transit services are often sold as one stop flights and it is planned that these
services should operate on the same aircraft, though for operational reasons it
is sometimes necessary to break the transit flight resulting in an aircraft
change at the hub airport.

If the transit flight operates on the same aircraft, there is NO requirement to


process the bags other than sorting/identification at the aircraft side and
reloading.

CO

TR

LL
E

In the event of an aircraft change, there is no requirement to rescreen hold


baggage. These can be ramp transferred to the new aircraft.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


TRANSIT FLIGHTS BAGGAGE

PAGE 4.6/1
300115

Eastern airways
4.7

Ground Operations Manual

MANIFESTING OF CREW BAGGAGE

It is a mandatory requirement to manifest all crew bags being loaded into the
aircraft hold.
For all crew bags being loaded into the hold, the dispatcher must ensure that
all bags are tagged with a bag tag number, full crew name and annotate
crew on the tag.
This information must be replicated on a separate section of the bingo sheet
to clearly identify crew bags.

The nominal weight of the crew bag is already included in the nominal crew
weight (85kgs flight deck / 75kgs cabin crew).

O
CU

EN

The crew will be responsible for ensuring that any crew bag(s) requiring
loading into the hold is brought to the attention of the dispatcher so the
manifesting process can take place.

CO

TR

LL
E

To ensure that the max hold weight is not exceeded with the inclusion of crew
bags, for each crew bag placed in the hold, 6kgs must be theoretically added
to the hold weight (although in practice, the actual crew bag weight for the
load sheet is included in the nominal crew weight).

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


MANIFESTING OF CREW BAGGAGE

PAGE 4.7/1
300115

Eastern airways
4.8

Ground Operations Manual

CARGO LOADING / OFFLOADING

In the interests of flight safety it is imperative that all Freight / Cargo goods,
travelling onboard our fleet aircraft are accurately documented and accounted
for.
4.8.1 Freight onload
On all occasions when collecting and loading freight / Cargo, the goods must
be cross referenced against the documentation.

EN

Once the loading instruction has been signed off by the load agent, a copy of
this, together with a copy of the cargo documentation should be presented to
the crew prior to departure.

O
CU

In a situation whereby the cross reference of the documentation highlights an


error, this should be brought to the attention of the crew and under no
circumstances should the aircraft depart until all parties are confident the
issue has been satisfactorily rectified and recorded.

LL
E

4.8.2 Freight offload


With regards inbound arrivals, the load agent should obtain a copy of the
documentation and must cross reference this against the freight / Cargo. This
will ensure all goods are removed from the aircraft hold. The documentation
should be annotated to confirm the number of pieces removed.

CO

TR

In a situation whereby the cross reference of the documentation highlights an


error, this should be brought to the attention of the crew and under no
circumstances should the aircraft depart until all parties are confident the
issue has been satisfactorily rectified and recorded.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CARGO LOADING / OFFLOADING

PAGE 4.8/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

SECTION 5 - OPERATIONS & LOAD CONTROL


5.1

INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL

In this section, specific details relating to the weight & balance requirements
of aircraft within the Eastern Airways fleet, production of a loadsheet &
operating weights to be applied when handling any of our fleet are contained.
Details are also given relating to the passenger & baggage weights applied to
our operation, fuel uplift & the array of terminology linked with calculating
mass & balance.

EN

5.1.1
Passenger and Baggage Masses
The following may be used to establish masses for a loadsheet throughout the
fleet.

O
CU

Eastern Airways have agreed with the CAA for the purposes of accuracy on its
BAe Jetstream 41 fleet to use revised passenger weights that allow for all hold
baggage & passenger hand baggage to be weighed at the point of check-in
and recorded as actual weights. This removes the traditional standard of
allowing 6 kilos for hand baggage.

LL
E

The consequence of this is that you MUST ensure all hand baggage is
weighed and recorded accurately.

All weights KILOS

Passenger including cabin / hand baggage weights:

CO

TR

Males (12 years or over) all flights except charter


Females (12 years or over) all flights except charter
Males (12 years or over) charter flights
Females (12 years or over) charter flights
Child (age 2-11 include)
Infant (under 2)
Baggage:
Hand Baggage
Hold Baggage
Each piece - scheduled flights Domestic
Each piece - scheduled flights European

Standard
weights
88
70
83
69
35
0

J41 ONLY
weights
82
64
77
63
35
0

Above

Actual
Actual

11
13

As a consequence of this, Eastern Airways has CAA approval to reduce the


notional weight of J41 male passenger to 82 kilos and that of females to 64
kilos i.e. to remove the hand baggage element.
The CAA has granted this dispensation on the understanding that hand
baggage is weighed, and the actual total weight is included on both manual
and automatic/auto loadsheets. As handling agents, please ensure therefore
that you comply with this. Provided that the total actual hand baggage
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
OPERATIONS AND LOAD CONTROL - GENERAL

PAGE 5.1/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

weight is recorded on the manual or automatic loadsheet, captains and


dispatchers can assume a notional weight of 82Kgs and 64 Kgs for male and
female passengers respectively.
An example Loadsheet is included in Appendix A
Additionally you must ensure that the maximum hand baggage pod (hold 4)
weight of 158 kilos is not exceeded.

EN

5.1.2
Load Notification to Crew Crew Manual Load Sheets
If an automated loadsheet is not being produced, then our crew will complete
a MANUAL loadsheet. The following information MUST therefore be passed to
the crew accurately as the payload once check-in has closed.

O
CU

The information required is as follows:Passenger Numbers:Number of Males, Females, Children & Infants
Baggage Weights:Number for Bags and total weight for hold baggage.
Hand Baggage:Number of Pieces and weight of hand baggage
Freight:Number for pieces and weight of freight.

LL
E

This information may be supplied in a number of formats; either in the form


of computer printouts (Codeco or similar systems) or on an appropriate Load
Notification Form which can be supplied by Eastern Airways if required.
Additionally, following boarding the crew will complete a further passenger
seating check for the crew to ensure the aircraft is within trim limitations for
departure.

TR

5.1.3
Ballast Control and LIRF
For all scheduled and charter flights a loading form must be completed,
signed by the loading team and provided to the crew.

CO

The loading team must complete a load form (LIRF) containing the following
information:
Bags (number of pieces and weight in KG)
Ballast (number of pieces and weight in KG)
Cargo (number of pieces and weight in KG)
Company mail (number of pieces and weight in KG)
From time to time the crew will require ballast to be carried in the hold of the
aircraft for trim purposes. This ballast may have been loaded at another
departure station or may be requested prior to departure.
All ballast already in the hold, or loaded must be recorded on the load form. If
no ballast is loaded, then NIL must be entered on the load form.
No ballast must be removed from the hold without authorisation from the
crew.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
OPERATIONS AND LOAD CONTROL - GENERAL

PAGE 5.1/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

5.1.4
Last Minute Changes (LMCs)
Late passengers may be accepted after check-in closure to the gate at the
Handling Agents discretion, subject to any operational impact. The crew must
agree to any LMCs before they are accepted from the gate.
LMCs will be added to the loadsheet by the crew as required.
5.1.5
Use of Crew Seats
It may be necessary on occasion to use the cabin crew seat (on relevant
aircraft) when no cabin crew member is on board.

O
CU

Other passengers should never be allocated this seat.

EN

This seat may only be used by positioning (non operational) crew members
trained in the use of the seat and the operation of the aircraft door. Non
operational crew members should always be included in passenger numbers
on the load sheet.

5.1.6
Use of Jump Seats
It may be necessary on occasion to allocate the use the cockpit jump seat
(J41/ S20) either for when crew are training, to accommodate an Eastern
Airways staff passenger for travel or to allow a line check to take place.

TR

LL
E

On specific occasions Eastern Airways may also advise of the acceptance for
travel of non-company personnel. These shall be advised & also the captain
shall be notified in advance where possible. Such non-company personnel
shall include CAA or auditing bodies. Please refer any questions relating to
such acceptance to Eastern Airways Operations. Other passengers should
never be allocated this seat.

CO

5.1.7
Centre of Gravity/Mass and Balance
The mass of an aircraft and the location of its centre of gravity are vital
information required before commencement of any flight.

The Aeroplane Flight Manual (AFM) contains critical mass and balance data,
for example:
Maximum empty mass;
Maximum fuel load and effect on centre of gravity of fuel in different
tanks;
Maximum freight or passenger load in any compartment and effect on
centre of gravity;
Maximum mass permitted for take-off and landing;
Critical positions (forward and aft) of centre of gravity for take-off, in
flight and for landing.
Knowing the actual aircraft empty weight and position of its centre of gravity,
the passenger and freight load and the planned fuel load, the actual weight of
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
OPERATIONS AND LOAD CONTROL - GENERAL

PAGE 5.1/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

the aircraft and location of is centre of gravity can be calculated for any point
in flight. They are checked periodically and adjusted as required.
The calculated or actual take-off mass must not exceed:
the AFM maximum permitted take-off mass; or,
the maximum take-off mass determined in aircraft performance
calculations.

The calculated or actual landing mass must not exceed:


the AFM maximum permitted landing mass; or,
the maximum landing mass determined in aircraft performance
calculations for the destination and for any alternate aerodromes.

O
CU

EN

When the center of gravity or weight of an aircraft is outside the acceptable


range, the aircraft may not be able to take off within available runway
lengths, or it may completely prevent take-off.
The aircraft may not be able to sustain flight, or it may be impossible to
maintain the aircraft in level flight in some or all circumstances.

CO

TR

LL
E

Therefore, the aircraft MUST always be loaded within the limits


specified in the Aeroplane Flight Manual.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


OPERATIONS AND LOAD CONTROL - GENERAL

PAGE 5.1/4
300115

Eastern airways
5.2

Ground Operations Manual

WEIGHT TERMINOLOGY

BASIC WEIGHT (BW) / BASIC MASS (BM)


Dead weight of an aircraft including fixed installed equipment such as seats,
galley, latrines.
DRY OPERATING WEIGHT (DOW) / DRY OPERATING MASS (DOM)
Basic weight plus crew and their baggage, pantry, catering, all standard
quantities of liquids such as oil and water.

EN

OPERATING WEIGHT (OW) / OPERATING MASS


Dry operating weight plus take off fuel (excluding load).

ZERO FUEL WEIGHT (ZFW) / ZERO FUEL MASS (ZFM)


Dry operating weight plus weight of passengers, baggage, mail and freight.

O
CU

(MAX) TAKE OFF WEIGHT (MTOW) / MAX TAKE OFF MASS (MTOM)
Zero fuel weight plus take off fuel (TOF): It is the actual weight of the fully
equipped and loaded aircraft at point of break release.

LANDING WEIGHT (LAW) / LANDING MASS (LAM)


Is the weight of the aircraft at landing. It is calculated by deducting the trip
fuel (TF) from the take off weight (TOW). During flight there are three critical
flight phases which shall be considered. These are:

LL
E

During take off


During landing
Time where an aircraft over the alternate after a holding is close to
ZFW.

1)
2)
3)

CO

TR

Maximum Take Off Weight (MTOW)


Operational Limitation:
Are basically dependant on air pressure, location of aerodrome, weather,
runway (rwy) conditions and most of all engine pipelines. (Restricted MTOW)

Maximum Landing Weight (MLAW)


Certified Limitations:
The main landing gear shall not be affected to its limitations. These limitations
are laid down by the aircraft manufacturer.
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW)
Certified Limitations:
Time where an aircraft over the alternate after a holding is close to ZFW. Only
the weight of the aircraft puts up resistance against the force of lift. These
limitations are laid down by the aircraft manufacturer.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEIGHT TERMINOLOGY

PAGE 5.2/1
300115

Eastern airways
5.3

Ground Operations Manual

FUEL TERMINOLOGY

Due to the fuel consumption during flight, the actual weight of an aircraft
constantly changes. The following fuel terminologies are applicable:
TRIP FUEL (TF)
is the amount of fuel that is needed to start, climb, cruise, descent and land.
The trip fuel amount depends on the aircraft type, the actual weight of the
aircraft, grid-wind situation and the distance between aerodrome of origin and
destination.

EN

CONTINGENCY FUEL
is a certain fuel allowance to cover unforeseen events such as change of
routing, sigmets and technicals. The prescribed amount for contingency fuel
shall be 5% of the trip fuel.

O
CU

ALTERNATE FUEL
is the amount of fuel required to fly from intended aerodrome of destination
to the first alternate.

30 minutes at the alternate.

HOLDING FUEL
is the amount of fuel required to fly a holding pattern over the alternate. The
fuel amount shall last at least for

TR

LL
E

EXTRA FUEL
Beyond the prescribed minimum TOF, the PIC may take more fuel on board if
the situation dictates. The most common situation for an extra fuel uplift can
be en-route weather or obscure situations at destined aerodrome which might
lead to a delayed arrival. In addition the economical aspects such as fuel
prices at destination aerodromes are likely to be higher, so that an uplift at
the aerodrome of origin is cost efficient (fuel savings).

CO

Due to the nature of the Eastern Airways network, this requirement is minimal
as the average blocktime is generally around an hour, thus the Alternate Fuel
is sufficient to accommodate any change.

BLOCK FUEL
is the addition of TOF and taxi fuel at a time, where the aircraft is still in a
parking position.
Fuel calculations as earlier described will be advised by the operating crew of
the aircraft at the earliest opportunity.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


FUEL TERMINOLOGY

PAGE 5.3/1
300115

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


FUEL DEFINITION FLOW CHART

PAGE 5.3/2
300115

Eastern airways
5.4

Ground Operations Manual

FUEL POLICY

5.4.1
Fuel Uplift
Fuel requirements are determined by the operating crew who are responsible
for passing details of fuel requirements where applicable.
On occasions, particularly on flights which are likely to be weight sensitive,
crews may request anticipated load figures prior to a flight being closed to
determine fuel figures. Load control staff should ensure that any details
which are passed to the crew are clearly communicated in order that crew
understand whether this is a final or provisional load figure and whether it
includes all standby passengers for example.

O
CU

EN

5.4.2
Fuel Tankering/Economy Fuel
Economy fuel (or the process of tankering) involves the uplift of additional
fuel which is not required for the departing sector, but which is uplifted for
reasons of economy (it is advantageous to uplift fuel at the cheapest
locations) or occasionally for operational reasons (to minimise turnaround
time at the next station).

CO

TR

LL
E

Eastern Airways Captains have been instructed that uplift of additional fuel in
this way must NOT displace commercial load or prejudice punctuality under
any circumstances.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


FUEL POLICY

PAGE 5.4/1
300115

Eastern airways
5.5

Ground Operations Manual

BAE JETSTREAM 41 OPERATIONS

5.5.1 Limitations
Mass and Centre of Gravity
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum

Landing Mass ...................................................... 10569


ramp Mass .......................................................... 10936
Take-Off Mass ..................................................... 10886
Zero Fuel Mass ......................................................9707

kg
kg
kg
kg

Maximum Compartmental Masses

EN

Maximum Pod Mass ................................................................. 158 kg


Maximum Rear Hold Mass ......................................................... 330 kg
Maximum Wardrobe Mass ........................................................... 68 kg

Centre of Gravity Limitations


The centre of gravity of the aeroplane shall always be between the forward
and aft limits defined in the envelope in Figure 1.

O
CU

The in-flight and zero fuel limits are shown with flaps and landing gear
retracted. The take-off and landing limits are shown with landing gear
extended.

CO

TR

LL
E

The centre of gravity datum point is defined as fuselage station zero (Stn.0).
This point is 11ft 8ins (3.56 mtrs) forward of the weighing point which is
marked by a screw on the bottom of the fuselage on the centre line at station
140.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.5/1
300115

Ground Operations Manual

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

Centre of Gravity Envelope J41


5.5.2 Aircraft Mass

TR

Aircraft Mass and Balance Statement


At intervals demanded by Maintenance Schedules or major modifications,
aircraft are weighed and the results, including the location of the centre of
gravity are published in a weighing report.

CO

The aircraft is weighed with the seats and associated furnishings fitted, all
flight documentation, but no Flight Crew, water, bar and catering, but
otherwise equipped and flight worthy.

The Basic Mass and Index and the Dry Operating Mass and Dry Operating
Index for the different versions and configurations are stated herein.
Dry Operating Masses
APS Masses and Indeces for use with the drop-line charts or load sheets are
promulgated in FCIs.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.5/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Index Formula
INDEX = MASS Kg X (CG ARM INCH - 321.31) + 10
10,000
Miscellaneous Data
ITEM

MASS

INDEX

C of G

MOMENT

85

-1.54

140.0

11900.0

Jump Seat (Observer)

Loadsheet Compilation
The loadsheet and balance chart are printed on white NCR paper and a
backing card should be inserted to obtain the required number of copies.

EN

Preliminary use of the Loadsheet


Dry operating masses and indices are published in paragraph 6.3.2, but it
may be necessary to adjust masses and index for non-standard reasons (e.g.
removal of catering, seats, etc., or changes to Crew complement), in which
case the upper box must be used.

O
CU

Loadsheet and Loadmessage


Entries are made in the manner described below. Flights of up to three sectors
may be accommodated.

(5)

LL
E

(6)

TR

(4)

(2)
(3)

Insert DOM index as published and adjust for any variable equipment
for the aircraft.
Crew included in the DOM are two Flight Deck and one Cabin Crew.
When greater than one Cabin Crew, they must be trimmed in a
passenger seat or in case of a full flight, on the observers seat.
Starting at the Dry Operating Index, drop a vertical line to Hold 4 (Pod),
count off the number of 50 Kg increments from this line in the direction
of the arrow. Construct a horizontal line.
From here, drop a vertical line through to the wardrobe. Count off the
number of 50 Kg increments from this line to the left and connect the
two points with a horizontal line.
Drop vertically again to Hold 6 counting off the appropriate units of
mass and again connect the two points with a horizontal line. Do
likewise with Bays A, B and C, moving one increment per passenger in
Bays A and C and one increment per three passengers in Bay B in the
direction of the arrows.
Drop a vertical line from the last pay-load scale through the fuel index
to the 9707 kilo line and mark the zero-fuel mass thereon. This point
must fall within the safe envelope to give a safe landing and is the only
criteria for determining satisfactory aircraft balance.

CO

(1)

Balance Chart

(7)

(8)

Return to the fuel index scale and read off the index units for the mass
of fuel at take-off. From the point where the ZFW index vertical cuts
the fuel index scale, draw a horizontal line along the scale to the right.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.5/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

(9)

Drop a vertical line from the index value point on the fuel scale to the
lower index line and mark the take-off mass.
(10) Enter the elevator trim setting in the box provided
A complete load sheet is shown at Appendix A
Breakdown of Deadload into:

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Freight (FRE)
Baggage (pieces and mass)
Transit Load (TRA)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.5/4
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

APPENDIX A LOADSHEET FOR BAE JETSTREAM 41 (J41)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5A/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSED (EDP) LOADSHEET AND BALANCE


CHART
The following (figure 3) is an example of an EDP (Electronic Data Processed)
Loadsheet, with detailed explanation of printed lines:1. 1.Checked
(Load
Controllers
signature),
signature), Ed. No. (Edition Number).

Approved

(Captains

2. Routing / Flight Number and Date / Aircraft Registration / Version /


Crew / Date and time of loadsheet print.
3. Dead Load (Baggage / Cargo / Mail) Hold distribution.
5. Pax = total passengers in seats (not including infants).

EN

6. BLKD = seats blocked.

4. Passenger breakdown TTL = Total heads on board.

O
CU

7. The letter L indicates the limiting factor for allowable traffic load. In
this case Landing Mass.

Last Minute Changes as detailed, usually hand-written by load


controller.

LL
E

b)

8. (a) Confirmation of Dry Operating Index (DOI), Loading Index, Zero


Fuel Mass, Max for Zero Fuel and Take-off Mass. (MAXZFW /
MACTOW), the Elevator Trim Setting for take-off, distribution of
Passengers by Compartment (A, B and C.) and the underload
before LMC are all correct.

CO

TR

9. Load message as sent with departure signal.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5A/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

MENZIES AVIATION GROUP (KLM DCS SERVICES)


LOADSHEETCHECKEDAPPROVEDEDNO
All weights in kilosKAMIL BRAHMI01
FROM/TOFLIGHTA/C REGVERSIONCREWDATETIME
EDI NWIT30461/24GMAJG00C29Y02/124 JUN040823
WEIGHTDISTRIBUTION
LOAD IN COMPARTMENTS206/20

EN

19 CAB72

PASSENGER/CABIN BAG154014/5/0/0 TTL


FCY0/0/19 SOC 0/ 0/0
BLKD5

Hand
Baggage
Weight

O
CU

TOTAL TRAFFIC LOAD1560


DRY OPERATING WEIGHT6876
ZERO FUEL WEIGHT ACTUAL8436 MAX9707ADJ
TAKE OFF FUEL1270
TAKE OFF WEIGHT ACTUAL9706 MAX10716 LADJ
TRIP FUEL 479
LANDING WEIGHT ACTUAL9227 MAX10569ADJ

CO

TR

LL
E

******************************************************
****
BALANCE AND SEATING CONDITIONS*LAST MINUTE CHANGES
DOI 3.8LIZFW 9.2* DEST
SPEC CL/CPT # - WEIGHT
LITOW11.2MACZFW19.1*
MACTOW22.1*
A3.B8.C8*
*
*
UNDERLOAD BEFORE LMC1010*LMC TOTAL

LOAD MESSAGE AND CAPTAINS INFORMATION BEFORE LMC


-NWI. 14/5/0/0. 72. T92. 6/20. 0/72. PAX/0/0/19. PAD/0/0/0
SI
**** PL TEXT ADDITION ****
ALL HAND BAGGAGE ACCOUNTED FOR WEIGHT/BALANCE IN
H4 *
NOTOC/NO
Hand
NWIFRE0POS0BAG2/20TRA0
Baggage
24JUN04 0723Z KB
Weight
EDI SO

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5A/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

BAe JETSTREAM 41 (J41) DRY OPERATING MASSES


Jetstream Mass and Index information will be amended and distributed to
Handling Agents through Operations.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5A/4
300115

Eastern airways
5.6

Ground Operations Manual

SAAB 2000 OPERATIONS

5.6.1
GENERAL
The Commander of a flight shall ensure that during any phase of the
operation the loading mass and centre of gravity of the aeroplane complies
with the limitations specified in the approved Aeroplane Flight Manual or
Operations Manual if more restrictive.

To make the mass and balance calculations more practical an Index Units
system has been introduced. The Index Units system used in this manual.
By this method the crew can determine that the aircraft will be within the
mass and balance limits. The fuel station is the index reference point;
therefore the amount of fuel will not change the index. Formulae to calculate
the index are shown below.

LL
E

O
CU

EN

The table below outline the Centre of Gravity (CG) limits for the SAAB 2000 as
defined in the WBM.

CO

TR

The centre of Gravity limits above are presented in term of %MAC (Mean
Aerodynamic Cord)

STA is the horizontal distance from an item to the Reference Datum in inches.
The distance from the Reference Datum to LEMAC is 562, 3 inches, and the
length of the MAC is 94, 73

MASS is entered in kg, and the arm STA in inches. STA is defined as above.
SAAB 2000 Dry Operating Masses
SAAB2000 Mass and index information will be amended and distributed to
handling agents through Operations.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.6/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

5.6.2
LOADSHEET/LOADMESSAGE
There are three sections in the cabin A, B, C and two in the cargo
compartment 3 and 4.
Section A is the first 5 rows and has 14 passenger seats, the mid section B
from row 6 to row 14 (row 13 do not exist) and has 24 passenger seats and
the aft section C form row 15 to row18 and has 12 passenger seats.
The A and C sections are used for balance, restricting the use of these seats
will keep the aircraft within the centre of gravity limits. Smaller adjustment
can be made by dividing the baggage in cargo compartment 3 and 4.

EN

Cabin crew will inform the commander about the total number of passengers
and seating in all sections. The commander can if possible inform the cabin
crew about approximate number of passengers in the forward or aft sections
before boarding.

LL
E

O
CU

Cabin baggage stowed under the seat and in the overhead bins are included
in passenger weights. Large or heavy cabin baggage can be stowed in the RH
Wardrobe and LH stowage, index corrections shall be made for this baggage.

TR

Information within the shaded areas constitutes the Loadmessage. The Load
message is forward to the destination station by the handling agent via SITA.
It provides the destination handling agent with information about the flight.

CO

The Loadsheet/Loadmessage shall be established in 2 copies (Original and


Copy):
Original: Shall be kept onboard and after flight filed for 3 months, at the
crew base

Copy: Shall be left on the departing airport, and be filed there until the
actual flight is completed

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.6/2
300115

Eastern airways

EASTERN AIRWAYS SAAB 2000 LOADSHEET

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

5.6.3

Ground Operations Manual

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.6/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

5.6.4
INSTRUCTION TO LOADSHEET/LOADMESSAGE
This chapter contains an example of a flight to illustrate how to use the
Loadsheet/Loadmessage.
The flight in this example takes us from Stockholm (ARN) to Hemavan (HMV),
with 50 passengers. Included in the 50 passengers are 46 Adults, 2 Childs,
and 2 Infants. One of the childs is an Unattended Minor (UM) and one of the
adult passengers is a passenger with reduced mobility. After the passengers
have entered the aircraft a late passenger shows up and is entered as a Last
Minute Change (LMC).

EN

Take Off fuel is 2100 kg (taxi not included) and the trip fuel to HMV is 1 400
kg, Storuman (SQO) and stersund (OSD) are the destination alternates.
The crew consist of 2 pilots, 2 cabin crews and a passive crew seated in the
cockpit jump seat.

Due to performance requirements the MLM on this flight is lower than the
structural MLM.

O
CU

NOTE:
The masses and fuel figures in this example is not based on an
actual flight or actual aircraft, and shall not be used for flight planning.
HEADING AND FLIGHT INFORMATION

CO

TR

LL
E

1. Destination airport 3 letter IATA.


2. Flight deck crew / Cabin crew.
3. Departure airport 3 letter IATA.
4. Date of the flight.
5. Signature of the person that prepared the loadsheet.
6. Flight number.
7. Commander signature.
8. Aircraft registration.
9. Destination alternate(s) 3 letter IATA
10. Estimated Enroute Time
11. Endurance

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.6/4
300115

Ground Operations Manual

EN

Eastern airways

LOAD CALCULATION

CO

TR

LL
E

6.

O
CU

4.
5.

2.
3.

Get Dry Operating Mass, with the actual catering and extra crew if
applicable.
Find MZFM, MTOM and MLM in 1.2.1, and in the GMC for the actual flight.
Get trip fuel and T/O fuel from Operational Flight Plan. T/O fuel = Actual
ramp fuel taxi fuel.
Calculate Max allowed TOM in all three columns.
Add Dry operating mass, extra crew and T/O fuel to get Operating mass.
and place it under the lowest Max allowed TOM.
Subtract Operating Mass from Max Allowed TOM to get Allowed Traffic
Load.

1.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.6/5
300115

Eastern airways

12.
13.
14.

11.

EN

9.
10.

8.

When the figures for the traffic load becomes available, enter the figures
in each respective column and add them together in the shaded area.
Baggage must also be added in the total column. The row at the
bottom of all columns is the total for both destinations and transfer.
Also note the passengers that require special treatment at the
destination station in the shaded box marked TV. This information (as
the rest off the shaded areas) is forwarded by the handling agent to the
destination station.
Add passenger masses together (USE OM-A STANDARD MASSES)
Total Traffic Load is the sum of passenger, baggage (included cabin
baggage), cargo, mail and transfer load.
Subtract Total Traffic Load from Allowed Traffic Load to get Under Load
before LMC.
Add Total Traffic Load with Dry Operating Mass and Extra Crew to get
Zero Fuel Mass. Check ZFM to be lower or equal to Max Zero Fuel Mass.
When Take-off fuels (taxi not included) are added to Zero Fuel Mass you
will get the Take-Off Mass. Check Take-Off Mass to be lower or equal to
the Max Take-Off Mass.
Subtract Trip Fuel from Take-Off Mass to Get Landing Mass. Also check
this to be lower or equal to the Max Landing Mass.

O
CU

7.

Ground Operations Manual

8.

LL
E

9.

TR

7.

6.

CO

5.

Get Dry operating index with the actual catering.


Find index movement for the baggage in the table Cargo Compartment.
Enter the figures for the baggage index.
4.Add Dry Operating Index and index movement due to baggage, to get
Dead Load Index.
Make the correspondent index correction for jump seat and cabin
baggage.
Find index movement for passenger seating in respective table, cabin
section B gives no change in the index.
Enter the figures for the passenger index. Section A in the minus
column and section C in the plus column.
Summarize Dead Load Index and the index in the minus column to get
Loaded Index.
Draw a vertical line at the actual Loaded Index, and horizontal lines at
the actual TOM, LM and ZFM. Check that the lines are in the white area.
The shaded area may be used with 42 or more passengers see note on
loadsheet.
To find trim setting follow parallel with one of the %MAC lines up to the
row with %MAC figures and then vertically to the actual flap setting.

1.
2.
3.

BALANCE CALCULATION

10.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.6/6
300115

Ground Operations Manual

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

TR

LL
E

LAST MINUTE CHANGE (LMC)


Details of any late alternations in the load must be passed to the Commander
and entered in the Loadsheet/Loadmessage as Last Minute Change (LMC).
Only one Last Minute Change may be done, and if more changes should be
necessary a new Loadsheet/Loadmessage shall be completed. Any changes of
load in any aircraft section except section B in passenger cabin must be
considered as having an effect on C of G. In this example a late passenger is
accepted. The passenger is an adult with a 15 kg bag.

CO

2.
3.

State Destination, type of LMC and in witch section of the cabin or


baggage compartment the LMC are placed in. Find index in the normal
tables.
Summarize the total mass and index change the LMC will give.
Insert the total LMC and add/subtract it to/from the old ZFM, TOM and
LM. Check the corresponding max mass. Strike out the old figures.

1.

LOAD CALCULATION

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.6/7
300115

Ground Operations Manual

EN

Eastern airways

CO

TR

LL
E

2.

Draw a new vertical line at the new index, and horizontal lines at the new
masses. Note if any changes in trim setting is necessary.
Cross out the old markings.

O
CU

1.

BALANCE CALCULATION

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SAAB 2000 OPERATIONS

PAGE 5.6/8
300115

Eastern airways
5.7

Ground Operations Manual

MOVEMENT MESSAGES

We ask that these are conveyed at the very earliest opportunity to our
operations department, as the information provided in a predetermined
format updates our host flight operations system.
If the data is not in the correct format, it doesnt automatically upload and
thus doesnt give a correct movement signal.
The system is designed so that at all times our operations department can
track and manage the fleet in a timely and efficient manner.

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Below is the layout of such messages:

CO

All movement messages are to be sent to the following Humberside


Operations SITA address: HUYEAXH

All Passenger lists should be sent to: HUYOWT3


Only general SITA message for our operations department should go to:
HUYOOT3

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


MOVEMENT MESSAGES

PAGE 5.7/1
300115

Eastern airways
5.8

Ground Operations Manual

CREW WEATHER PACKS

As part of the paperwork provided to Eastern Airways Crews, the handling


agents are also required to provide crew weather packs.
Eastern Airways weather packs are pre-selected within the Pilot Brief Website.
The log on details are:
http://www.pilotbrief.net/
User name: ezep00001
Password: 9695e582

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

The routes are in the Briefings tab and can be accessed by clicking on the
ezep00001 folder on the left hand side of the page. This will load the following
page. Click on the route required and print by clicking on the icon in the
bottom left hand corner.

Should a required briefing pack not be loaded onto the system, please contact
T3 Ops:
Ops1@easternairways.com
+44 (0)1652 681 046

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


MOVEMENT MESSAGES

PAGE 5.8/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

SECTION 6 - RAMP HANDLING


6.1 ESCORT AND SUPERVISION OF PASSENGERS ON THE RAMP
During the boarding and disembarkation process, the ground staff is
responsible for passenger safety whilst passengers are moving between the
terminal building and the door of the aircraft. Passengers must be escorted at
all times and protected from hazards.
Local procedures must clearly identify responsible persons.

EN

The boarding process will vary between airports, but particular attention is
drawn to the following:

CU

Passengers walking on the ramp must be guided and supervised to ensure


they keep clear of all areas of danger. Passengers should be guided around
the wingtip of the aircraft and are not permitted to approach the engine area
or the baggage pod area.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

The use of cones or guidance chains/rails is encouraged, (subject to local


procedures), to assist in passenger guidance on the ramp. However, the use
of such devices must be in addition to, and not as a replacement for,
adequate supervision of passengers.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


ESCORT AND SUPERVISION OF PAX ON THE RAMP

PAGE 6.1/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.2 PREPARATION OF STAND


Arrival
Before aircraft arrival, the stand must be checked and cleared of any:

foreign objects (FOD)


excess water (including snow or ice)
fluids likely to cause a reaction under braking (oil / fuel)
ground equipment & ancillary support equipment

With specific regard to all ground equipment, ensure this is sufficiently clear
of stand including head of stand & should be clear of the aircraft manoeuvring
area.

EN

This is particularly paramount should the aircraft need to self manoeuvre or


turn on-stand before shut-down.

foreign objects (FOD)


excess water (including snow or ice)
ground equipment & cables
cones & passenger guidance furniture

CU

Departure
Before departure, ensure the stand is again checked & cleared of any:

O
LL

ED

Specific attention must be paid to the above if a powerback manoeuvre is to


be undertaken as this will present heightened danger to any ground crew or
individual due prop-wash.

CO

TR

Also ensure all equipment at the head of stand has been cleared to a
sufficient & safe distance as the aircraft may move forwards before
commencing departure.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


PREPARATION OF STAND

PAGE 6.2/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.3 AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT DURING TURNAROUND PROCEDURES


Staff should be aware that aircraft move during a turnaround process as
passengers disembark or board, baggage and catering is loaded/offloaded etc.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Whilst not particularly noticeable with a Jetstream aircraft, servicing personnel


should be aware that they should not position any unnecessary vehicle or
equipment under the fuselage of the aircraft or under the path of the aircraft
door. They should exercise extreme caution when removing vehicles or
equipment.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


A/C MOVEMENT DURING TURNAROUND PROCEDURES

PAGE 6.3/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.4 ANTI COLLISION BEACON


The anti-collision beacon, when operating, indicates the engines are running
or are about to be started and the required cautions must be exercised.
Other than chocking the nose-wheel or an arriving aircraft, the only other
activity permitted when the anti-collision beacon is on, is the provision of
ground power where required.

Other than these activities, no staff or vehicles should approach an aircraft


until after the anti-collision has been switched off and the nose-wheel chocks
are in place.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Apron equipment is to be positioned behind the equipment restraint line


(defining the stand boundary) with parking brakes applied prior to the arrival
of the aircraft at the parking position.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


ANTI COLLISION BEACON

PAGE 6.4/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.5 CHOCKING OF AIRCRAFT


During a turnaround, only the nose wheel is required to be chocked (unless
high wind conditions exist, then nose and main wheels must be chocked).

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

For aircraft parking over night, the nose and one set of main wheels must be
chocked.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CHOCKING OF AIRCRAFT

PAGE 6.5/1
300115

Eastern airways
6.6 POSITIONING
EQUIPMENT

Ground Operations Manual


OF

GROUND

HANDLING

VEHICLES

AND

Damage to aircraft caused by ramp vehicles poses a threat to safety as well


as considerable disruption to the flying programme and associated cost.
Congestion in the immediate area of the aircraft is a contributory factor in
many incidents.

EN

No vehicle or equipment is to enter into the aircraft footprint unless for the
purposes of carrying out a service, (e.g. Fuel bowser, tug GPU) or for the
loading of essential goods or supplies (e.g. caterers, baggage carts etc.)
Such vehicles or equipment should be removed as soon as possible after
completion of their operational tasks.

CU

All ground support equipment should be in good mechanical condition and


clearly show a serviceable / unserviceable status. Unserviceable equipment
should be clearly tagged Out of Service and segregated from serviceable
equipment.

ED

Equipment when approaching or leaving an aircraft should not be driven


faster than walking speed.

CO

TR

O
LL

When positioning service equipment and to and away from aircraft doors,
ensure a competent person is available to guide the driver.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


PAGE 6.6/1
POSITIONING OF GROUND HANDLING VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT 300115

Eastern airways
6.7

Ground Operations Manual

GROUND POWER

Ground power, where required, should be made available immediately upon


arrival. Unless requested by crew or engineers, ground power should only be
used for the duration of the turn around.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

For guidance on locations for connecting ground power, refer to Section 2.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


GROUND POWER

PAGE 6.7/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.8 AIR START UNIT


In the event of aircraft Air Power Unit failure, the following process should be
followed.
The ground crew must obtain a brief from the Captain prior to engine start.
In the event a headset is not available all appropriate hand signals must be
discussed.
Where an air start unit (ASU) is required it will usually be positioned on the
right hand side of the aircraft.

EN

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

Once the ASU has been connected, the crew will signal to the ground
crew to increase the air.
Once the response air increased has been received, the request to
start No.1 engine will be made and normal engine starting calls and
procedures should be followed.
Once the engine has stabilized, the request will be made to disconnect
the ASU.
Once the ASU has been removed, the request will be made to start
engine No.2 and normal engine starting calls and procedures should be
followed.
Once the second engine has stabilized the signal will be made to
disconnect the Ground Power Unit.

CU

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


AIR START UNIT

PAGE 6.8/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.9 FUELLING WITH PASSENGERS ON BOARD


Re-fuelling or de-fuelling of J41, S20 or EMB 135/145 aircraft can be carried
out with passengers embarking, on board or disembarking. The following
conditions must be met;

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

a) Only pressure fuelling is to be used


b) If required by the Airport Authority, ATC and RFFS are to be advised
c) A flight crew member or suitably qualified engineer must remain on the
flight deck during refueling/defueling
d) Crew, staff and passengers are to be advised that refueling and or
defueling is about to take place
e) Passengers embarking/disembarking must be under the control of
customer service staff
f) Fasten seatbelt signs are to be OFF. No Smoking signs are to be ON.
Interior lighting to enable emergency exits to be identified are to be ON.
g) The PA system must be serviceable within the limitations of the MEL
h) Passengers are to be advised;
a) Not to smoke at anytime on the ground
b) To remain seated with their seatbelts unfastened until the procedure
is complete
c) All individual items of electronic equipment must be switched off
during the procedure (especially mobile phones)
i) A crew member is to be stationed at the main exit door to assist the
evacuation if an emergency should occur and should the presence of fuel
vapour be detected inside the aircraft or any other hazard becomes
apparent,
will
be
responsible
for
notifying
the
fueller
that
refueling/defueling must be stopped immediately
j) The position of the fuel installation/bowser relative to the aircraft must not
impede an emergency evacuation
k) The ground area below exits intended for any emergency evacuation must
be clear of any obstacles
l) A 50kg dry chemical or 90L foam fire extinguisher or suitable equivalent
should be deployed close to where the fuelling/defueling operation is taking
place. (This need not be on the stand on which the aircraft is parked)
m) Wheelchair passengers are not to be embarked/disembarked during
refueling/defueling. They should remain onboard until the procedure is
complete
n) Stretcher cases should remain onboard. The patient securing straps
must be released and a rapid means of communication with the
ATC/RFFS established
o) Notwithstanding the above, no aircraft may be refueled with AVGAS or
WIDECUT fuel (Jet B or equivalent) or when a mixture of these types of
fuel might occur when passengers are onboard, embarking or
disembarking

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


REFUELLING WITH PAX ON-BOARD

PAGE 6.9/1
300115

Eastern airways
6.10

Ground Operations Manual

SERVICING OF UNATTENDED AIRCRAFT

While the aircraft is unattended, pod and passenger doors should be closed
and electrical services should be disconnected. Seals should be placed across
the passenger boarding door, hold door, ventral pods, cabin baggage stowage
doors or service panels. These can be supplied by Eastern Airways upon
request.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

There should be no unauthorised activity or access on or around the aircraft


between the crew or agents departing in the evening and arriving back at the
aircraft in the morning or beginning of the next operating period.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SERVICING OF UNATTENDED A/C

PAGE 6.10/1
300115

Eastern airways
6.11

Ground Operations Manual

PRE-DEPARTURE WALK ROUND

Prior to an aircraft push back or manoeuvre off stand, ramp personnel are
required to carry out a walk round.
The walk round should commence at the nose and finish at the nose.
The importance of the walk round cannot be overstressed. The departure
crew will be the last persons to deal with the aircraft on the ground, prior to
take off.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Checklist:
Hold door closed and door handles flush
Cabin door closed and handles correct
Panel and hatches closed
Damage to the aircraft skin
Flat or defective tyres
Fuel, hydraulic, oil or water leaks
All ground service equipment removed
If you observe anything unusual, this should be reported immediately to the
Captain.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


PRE-DEPARTURE WALK AROUND

PAGE 6.11/1
300115

Eastern airways
6.12

Ground Operations Manual

RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT BY DISPATCHER

The Dispatcher must be responsible for coordinating all ground activities for
an aircraft turnaround. The role of the dispatcher is to oversee and control
handling activities and to ensure a safe and timely dispatch of the aircraft.
The dispatcher must communicate effectively with the loading team
concerning the loading of baggage and freight and ensure that all
documentation for the flight is present and completed correctly (LIRF, PNL,
Loadsheet etc).

EN

The Aircraft Commander is reliant on the Dispatcher as the single point of


contact to inform him/her when the aircraft turnaround is complete and is
ready to depart. This may be in the form of verbal confirmation via face to
face or over the radio.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

At no point with the Aircraft Commander depart until confirmation is received


from the Dispatcher.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT BY DISPATCHER

PAGE 6.12/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.13 PUSHBACK AND TOWING PROCEDURES/TOWBARS/POWERBACK


WARNING: WHERE A CATEGORY 1 TUG (AS DEFINED IN AHM 955) IS
AVAILABLE FOR USE BY THE HANDLING AGENT TO PUSH BACK AN
EASTERN AIRWAYS AIRCRAFT, IT MUST ALWAYS BE USED.
SHOULD A CATEGORY 1 TUG NOT BE AVAILABLE, THEN A CATEGORY 2
TUG MAY BE USED, BUT THE UPMOST CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO ENSURE A
SMOOTH PUSH BACK.

EN

CATEGORY 1 AIRCRAFT LESS THAN 50,000 KG (110,000 LB)


CATEGORY 2 AIRCRAFT LESS THAN 150,000 KG (330,690 LB)

AHM 955 CATEGORIES OF TRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MAXIMUM


AIRCRAFT WEIGHT;

PRECAUTIONS DURING PUSHBACK PROCEDURES

CU

6.13.1

In areas where the ramp/taxiway is intersected by drainage gullies (or


similar) the aircraft wheels should be clear of these areas before the tug is
disconnected.

O
LL

ED

The last few feet of any pushback or towing operation should be in a straight
line to ensure that the aircraft wheels and towbar are straight. Failure to
comply may lead to the towbar swinging into a straight position once it is
disconnected from the tug, which may cause injury.

CO

TR

Use of Eye Protection:


Goggles/protective eyewear should ALWAYS be worn by the individual facing
the aircraft & conducting a powerback manoeuvre, irrespective of weather
conditions or proximity to the aircraft. If it is wet or light snow covered
ground, it is recommended that the individual carrying-out the powerback
signalling stands off centre, level with the wingtip to the captains side.
Advise the operating crew that this is the case so they know where to view
signals.

Headset usage for aircraft start-up:


For the start-up of any Eastern Airways aircraft, a headset/intercom must be
used to ensure a safe & coordinated start of the aircraft. This is especially
paramount when a pushback procedure is to be carried out. If you are unsure
of the location of the headset connection, either ask the crew prior to door
closure or consult the operations or ground handling manual for diagrams. A
ground crew jack box is located on the nose undercarriage
6.13.2 Powerback / Aircraft Reversing Under Own Power
Eastern Airways carries out power back operations on its JS41 aircraft. This
operation is only carried out where local Airport regulations allow.
The power back operation must be conducted by two people (marshaller and
banks man). The marshaller must be wearing suitable eye protection.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SIGNALS FOR START/PUSHBACK/POWERBACK

PAGE 6.13/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

The Captain has the right to refuse to commence the power back if suitable
eye protection is not worn unless circumstances dictate that eye protection is
either not available or wearing eye protection would cause a hindrance to the
procedure (i.e. glasses misting up due to weather).
Standard ICAO/IATA hand signals must be used between the marshaller and
flight deck. Upon commencing the power back, the marshaller must follow the
aircraft back at a safe distance at a brisk walking pace. This will allow the
flight deck to maintain sight of the marshalling signals and power back at a
consistent speed.

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

6.13.3 Push-Back Procedures (using headset)


The aircraft must not be towed or pushed back with any engine
operating when the aircraft or tug is on an icy/slippery surface, is on
sand/mud or the wind speed is greater than 30kts.
The nose wheel steering must be unobstructed at all times during any
push back operation. The aircraft engines should be started before the
push-back unless this contravenes the above limitations.
The propeller start locks should remain engaged until the tow bar is
disconnected and all Ground Personnel are clear of the aircraft.
When ready for pushback and with clearance from ATC, the Captain
should say to the Ground Crew:
1) Ready for push-back, call for brake release
2) The ground crew should reply with a call for brakes to be released
3) The Captain should release the park brake and then call brakes
released, pressure zero
4) Push back can commence
5) Wherever possible the duration of any pushback or towing
operation should be in a straight line to ensure that the aircraft
wheels and towbar are straight

CO

6.13.4 Push-Back Procedures (no headset used)


When pushbacks are done on hand-signals due no headsets available only
standard IATA/ICAO signals should be used. This must be discussed with
the Captain prior to taking place. The Captain has the right to refuse
pushback if no head set is used.
If no headset is available and there is a conflict or change to ATC pushback
instructions, the Captain should signal for the pushback to stop.
Communication with the ground crew will be re-established or ATC informed
if this is not possible.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SIGNALS FOR START/PUSHBACK/POWERBACK

PAGE 6.13/2
300115

Eastern airways
6.13.5

Ground Operations Manual

Signals for Start, Pushback and Powerback


Signals for Start, Pushback and Powerback

Meaning
Set parking brake

ED

TR

O
LL

Connect towbar

Release brakes

Captain: One hand, palm upward, lifted, and then thumb


up signal.
Raise both hands above coaming, left hand fingers
upward, palm forwards towards groundcrew, with thumb
extended horizontally and grasped in right fist.
Pull hands apart positively.
Raise both hands, open, apart and horizontal, above
coaming, left hand palm down, right hand palm up.
Bring hands together and grasp fingers to interlock hands.
Groundcrew: Raise hands, fists clenched, palms towards
Captain.
Open hands fully with fingers spread, palms towards
Captain.
This signal must not be given as an immediate
acknowledgement of the signal to release the
brakes. It must only be given after the brakes are
released.
Captain: Raise hands above coaming, fists clenched,
palms towards ground-crew.
Open hands fully with fingers spread, palms towards
groundcrew.
First (index) finger of one hand on own nose, first finger of
other hand extended horizontally to point in direction to
be faced.
Both hands raised above coaming, open, with palms
forwards towards ground crew.
Make pushing motion.
Both hands raised above coaming, left hand palm towards
groundcrew with finger(s) extended upwards to indicate
the number of the engine to be started. Right hand with
first finger extended, pointing forward, rotated in a
repeated circle.

Disconnect external
power

CU

(For nosewheel-lifting
pushback unit) May I
lift nosewheels?
Lift nosewheels

EN

Parking brake is set

Signal
Groundcrew: Raise hands, open fully with fingers
spread, palms towards Captain.
Clench fists positively, palms towards Captain.
This signal must not be given as an immediate
acknowledgement of the signal to set the brakes. It
must only be given after the parking brake is set
and the pressure checked.
Captain: Raise hands above coaming, open fully with
fingers spread, palms towards groundcrew. Clench fists,
palms towards groundcrew.
Groundcrew: Both hands held forward, open and palms
upwards, level with elbows. Hands raised in lifting motion.

CO

Brakes are released

When instructed,
push back to face in
direction indicated
Commence pushback

Am I clear to start
engine no _?

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SIGNALS FOR START/PUSHBACK/POWERBACK

PAGE 6.13/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Meaning

Signal
Groundcrew: Pull right hand, first finger extended,
across throat.
To stop a single engine, groundcrew raises left hand, palm
towards Captain, with finger(s) extended to indicate the
number of the engine to be stopped, while pulling right
hand across throat.
Captain: Raise one fist in brake is set manner, close to
windscreen, and wave it from side to side.
Stop any engine start which is in progress.
FO: Flash both taxi lights several times and if tug driver
might be monitoring ground or tower frequency, call him
on RT.
Both hands raised above coaming in the Connect towbar
interlocked position described above.
Release fingers and separate hands to first position
described at Connect towbar above.

Stop engine(s)

Emergency stop

EN

Disconnect towbar

Captain places both fore fingers horizontally above


glareshield and rotates them around each other.
Groundcrew responds by giving the same signal to
indicate powerback may commence.

CU

Powerback

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

To Re-establish Contact After Groundcrew Released


Meaning
Signal
Flight Deck to
Stop the aircraft. Flash nearer taxi light until groundcrew
Groundcrew
acknowledges and comes to plug in headset (if available).
Groundcrew to Flight Groundcrew: Wave headset, hand or marshalling baton
Deck
and point towards aircraft. At night, hold up and flash
marshalling batons or torch (flashlight).
Flight Deck: Acknowledge by stopping the aircraft and
switching taxi light on and off.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SIGNALS FOR START/PUSHBACK/POWERBACK

PAGE 6.13/4
300115

Eastern airways
6.14

Ground Operations Manual

AIRCRAFT REFUELLING

6.14.1

Jetstream 41

Check the quantity of fuel on board using the \magnetic \fuel Level Indicators
(MFLI)
Start to measure from the outboard MFLI and move inboard.
Push the latch of the MFLI in and turn it through 90 degrees in a
counter clockwise direction.
(c)
Release the latch of the MFLI. The fuel level indicator of the MFLI comes
into view and connects magnetically to the float in the tank.
(d) If the fuel level indicator does not connect magnetically to the float:
i. Push the fuel level indicator into the wing until you feel it connect
magnetically to the float
ii. Release the fuel level indicator

Read the level of the fuel on the fuel level indicator (where it goes into
the wing).

O
CU

(e)

EN

(a)
(b)

LL
E

6.14.2 Automatic Pressure Refuel


(a) Make sure the bonding lead from the refuel vehicle is attached to the
aircraft
(b) Open the refuel/defuel access panel
(c) Remove the dust cap from the refuel/defuel coupling
(d) Connect the coupling of the fuel supply hose to the refuel/defuel coupling
(e) On the automatic refuel panel, set the POWER OFF/ON switch to ON.
Make sure the panel does a test of its circuits

Press the Auto Refuel, Prestart Button. After 1 second, the system does
a test of the refuel valves in this sequence, the:

CO

(f)

TR

NOTE: During the test, the display will show dashes. After the test, the
FUEL QUANTITY and TOTAL SELECTED displays show the total fuel on
the aircraft.

i. FUEL QUANTITY display shows an increase of 300 lb


ii. Refuel valves open and the REFUEL VALVES LH and the REFUEL
VALVES RH indicators come on
iii. Refuel valves let 300 lb of fuel go in to the tanks and then the refuel
valves close
iv. REFUEL VALVES LH and the REFUEL VALVES RH indicators go off
v. REFUEL END indicator comes on for a short time and then goes off
vi. TOTAL SELECTED display shows half of the total fuel quantity which is
permitted

(g)

Set the TOTAL SELECTED display to the necessary total quantity of fuel
(use the + and/or - keys). If you push and hold the + or - keys for:

Less than 5 seconds, the display will change in 20 lb increments


More than 5 seconds, the display will change in 100 lb increments
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
PAGE 6.14/1
AIRCRAFT REFUELLING
300115

Eastern airways
(h)

Ground Operations Manual

Push the AUTO REFUEL START key. Make sure the:


i. Refuel starts automatically
ii. The REFUEL VALVES LH and RH indicators come on

(i)

When the FUEL QUANTITY display is the same as the TOTAL SELECTED
display, make sure the:
i.REFUEL VALVES LH and RH indicators go off
ii.REFUEL END indicator comes on

(j)

On the automatic refuel panel, set the POWER OFF/ON switch to OFF

(k)

Remove the bonding lead of the refuel vehicle from the aircraft

(n)

Install the dust cap on the refuel/defuel coupling


Close the access panel

6.14.3

EN

(m)

Disconnect the fuel supply coupling from the refuel/defuel coupling

Manual Pressure Refuel

(l)

Open the Refuel/Defuel Control access panel

(b)

Remove the dust cap from the refuel/defuel coupling

(c)

Connect the coupling of thefuel supply hose to the refuel/defuel coupling

(d)

Lift the guard on the MANUAL LH/OFF/RH switch

(e)

Set the MANUAL LH/OFF/RH switch to LH or RH as required

O
CU

(a)

LL
E

NOTE: The TOTAL SELECTED displays shows--------, and the MANUAL


REFUEL LH/RH indicator comes on.
Push the FUEL QUANTITY SELECT display to show the quantity of fuel in
the left/right tank. The left tank contents display shows LFT before the
quantity, and the right tank contents display shows RGT. TOT is the
total quantity of fuel in the tanks

(g)

Refuel the aircraft:

TR

(f)

CO

i. Start the refuel vehicle


ii. Monitor the increase on the FUEL QUANTITY display

(h)
(i)
(j)

iii. Stop the refuel when the FUEL QUANTITY display shows the
necessary quantity of fuel
Set the MANUAL LH/OFF/RH switch to OFF. Make sure the MANUAL
REFUEL LH/RH indicator goes off
Put the guard on the MANUAL LH/OFF/RH switch
Install the dust cap on the refuel/defuel-coupling and close the access
panel

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


AIRCRAFT REFUELLING

PAGE 6.14/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

6.14.4 Magnetic Fuel Level Indicator

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


MAGNETIC FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR

PAGE 6.14/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

6.14.5 Refuel/Defuel Control Panel

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


REFUEL/DEFUEL CONTROL PANEL

PAGE 6.14/4
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.14.4 BAe Jetstream 41 Automatic Pressure Refuelling Procedure


Please read through completely BEFORE beginning refuel:

O
CU

EN

The refuel panel is located on the leading edge of the Starboard Wing, out
board of the Engine Nacelle.

LL
E

(1) Open the refuel panel using the 3 quick release catches.

TR

(2) Connect Bonding Lead and Refuel Hose in that order. (Bonding point
either by the refuel panel or on Nose undercarriage depending on
aircraft variant)

CO

(3) Set POWER ON/OFF switch on the Auto refuel panel to ON


Wait until the FUEL QUANTITY (Top display) and TOTAL SELECTED
(bottom display) show the Total Fuel Quantity in Kilograms on board
the aircraft. (in the picture below the aircraft is empty)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 AUTOMATIC PRESSURE REFUELLING PROCEDURE

PAGE 6.14/5
300115

Ground Operations Manual

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

LL
E

Note: If REFUEL END (Green) and ABORT (Red) lamps (next to the
displays) are illuminated with both displays showing dashes, a fault has
been detected by the power up BITE test.
If this happens push BITE switch (Next to refuel end light) to determine
fault.

CO

TR

(4) The PRE-START test must be carried out before refuelling can
begin.
Push the Auto Refuel PRE START key: This starts the pre-start test.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 AUTOMATIC PRESSURE REFUELLING PROCEDURE

PAGE 6.14/6
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

REFUEL END and ABORT lamps illuminate


Both displays show 88888888 for approximately 3 secs
Both displays Blank for approximately 1 sec
Displays then show total fuel quantity
REFUEL END and ABORT lamps go out
After approximately 1 sec Valve test starts:

LL
E

O
CU

EN

TOTAL SELECT display increases by 140kg valves open

TR

Bowser then to supply fuel

CO

Once 140kg fuel supplied valves close


REFUEL END lamp illuminates.
REFUEL END lamp then goes off
TOTAL SELECTED display resets to half the permitted quantity
(1130kgs)
Stop Bowser Supply

NOTE: Test will not begin if one tank contains more than half the TOTAL
SELECTED +70kgs, correct imbalance by Manual Refuel.
(5) Before commencing fuelling select total required by the Captain in
Kilograms using TOTAL SELECTED + / - keys,
Start Bowser supply and press AUTO REFUEL START key Refuelling
begins and Refuelling Valves LH and RH green lights illuminate.(below
the POWER OFF/ON Switch)
(6) When fuelling is complete FUEL QUANTITY should read same as
TOTAL SELECTED and both REFUELLING VALVES (LH / RH)
lights will be out.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
J41 AUTOMATIC PRESSURE REFUELLING PROCEDURE

PAGE 6.14/7
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

LL
E

O
CU

EN

NOTE: The valve lights will extinguish separately as one group of tanks
reaches its fill limit.

Turn Bowser Supply off and double check Quantity equals selected
value

(8)

Press PRE START and then the STOP straight after. (This relieves
hose pressure to enable easy hose removal).

(9)

Remove Hose, Refit Cap, Remove Bonding Lead.

TR

(7)

(10) Turn Power Switch OFF

CO

(11) Close and lock the Refuel Panel with the 3 quick release catches

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 AUTOMATIC PRESSURE REFUELLING PROCEDURE

PAGE 6.14/8
300115

Eastern airways
6.14.5

Ground Operations Manual

BAe Jetstream 41 Manual Refuelling Procedure

(1) Open the refuel panel using the 3 quick release catches.
(2) Connect Bonding Lead and Refuel Hose in that order. (Bonding point
either by the refuel panel or on Nose undercarriage depending on
aircraft variant)
(3) Set POWER ON/OFF switch on the Auto refuel panel to ON
(4) Wait until the FUEL QUANTITY (Top display) and TOTAL
SELECTED (bottom display) show the Total Fuel Quantity in
Kilograms on board the aircraft.

(5) Disengage guard on MANUAL LH/OFF/RH switch and select LH or


RH.

SELECT

DISPLAY

key

to

display

O
CU

(7) Push FUEL QUANTITY


appropriate tank contents.

EN

(6) TOTAL SELECTED display shows dashes --------- and MANUAL


REFUELLING LH or RH lamp illuminates.

(8) Commence Refuelling.

(9) When the FUEL QUANTITY displays the required fuel load for each
tank set MANUAL LH/OFF/RH switch to OFF the MANUAL
REFUELLING LH or RH lamp will go out.

LL
E

(10) Stop refuelling pressure.

(11) Repeat Manual Refuel Para 5 to Para 10 for the other tank group.
(12) When fuelling is complete switch POWER switch to OFF.

(13) Remove Hose and Bonding lead.

CO

TR

(14) Close panel and secure with 3 catches

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


J41 MANUAL REFUELLING PROCEDURE

PAGE 6.14/9
300115

Eastern airways
6.14.6

Ground Operations Manual

Saab 2000 Pressure Refuel in Automatic Mode


ACTION

RESULT

Set the PWR/OFF switch to PWR

The RIGHT/TOTAL/LEFT display shows


SAAB2000
Then shows the actual fuel quantity

2Set the AUTO/MANUAL switch to The PRESELECT TOTAL display shows 0


AUTO and the FUEL/DEFUEL switch to
FUEL

After 4 seconds the L VALVE and the R


VALVE indication on the fuelling panel
changes from CL to OP (this shows the
refuel valves are open).

LL
E

5.
Use the INCR/DECR/FAST/SLOW
switches to set the necessary fuel
quantity on the PRESELECT-TOTAL
display

O
CU

The L and R OVERFILL lamps go off


Note: If the system has a fault the
displays on the panel will give
applicable data

Wait 2 seconds

4.

EN

3. Set and hold the TEST/OFF switch to The L and R OVERFILL lamps come on
TEST until L and R OVERFILL lamps
come on. Then release the TEST switch
Each of the displays show a 8888 or a
88888 test display

TR

NOTE: It is possible to change the set quantity during the refuelling operation (with
the INCR/DECR/FAST/SLOW switches). The refuel valves then close and stop the
operation. The refuel valves open again when the PRESELECT TOTAL display is
stable for 4 seconds

CO

WARNING:
YOU MUST STOP THE REFUELLING IMMEDIATELY IF THE OVERFILL
LIGHTS COME ON. IF THERE IS A LEAKAGE OF FUEL THERE IS A RISK OF FIRE AND
SUBSEQUENT INJURY TO PERSONS

WARNING:
THE MAXIMUM REFUEL PRESSURE IS 350 KPA (50 PSI). IF THE
PRESSUREIS MORE THAN THIS, DAMAGE TO THE FUEL SYSTEM CAN OCCUR

Supply fuel from the fuel bowser


NOTE:
The refuelling operation stops automatically when there is the correct
quantity of fuel in the tanks. This is when the PRESELECT TOTAL display and the
fuel quantity in the tanks (shown on the TOTAL display) are the same.

On the fuelling panel


ACTION

RESULT

1.
Set the PWR/OFF switch to OFF The electrical power is removed from the
when the refuel operation is complete
fuelling panel

Stop the fuel supply from the fuel bowser


GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
SB20 PRESSURE REFUEL IN AUTO MODE

PAGE 6.14/10
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.14.7 Saab 2000 Pressure refuel in Manual Mode


ACTION
RESULT
1.

Set the PWR/OFF switch to PWR

The RIGHT/TOTAL/LEFT display shows


SAAB 2000
Then shows the actual fuel quantity

2.
Set the AUTO/MANUAL switch to The PRESELECT TOTAL display shows FUEL
- - - - (dashes)
Set the FUEL/DEFUEL switch to FUEL

3.

Wait 2 seconds

The L and R OVERFILL lamps go off

O
CU

5.

EN

4. Set and hold the TEST/OFF switch to The L and R OVERFILL lamps come on
TEST until the L and R OVERFILL lamps
come on. Then release the test switch
Each of the displays show 8888 or a
88888 test display

Note: If the system has a fault the


dispays of the panel will give the
applicable data

LL
E

6.
Set the L VALVE and the R VALVE After 4 seconds the L VALVE and the R
switches to OPEN
VALVE indications on the fuelling panel
change from CL to OP (this shows the
refuel valves are open).

TR

WARNING: THE REFUELLING OPERATION MUST BE STOPPED IMMEDIATELY IF THE


OVERFILL LIGHTS COME ON. IF THERE IS A LEAKAGE OF FUEL THERE IS A RISK OF
FIRE AND INJURY TO PERSONS

CAUTION: THE MAXIMUM FUEL PRESSURE IS 350 KPA (50 PSI). IF THE PRESSURE
IS MORE THAN THIS DAMAGE TO THE FUEL SYSTEM CAN OCCUR

CO

Supply fuel from the fuel bowser

NOTE: Monitor the fuel quantity RIGHT/TOTAL/LEFT display (on the fuelling panel)
Stop the refuelling operation when the require fuel quantity is in the tanks by

ACTION

RESULT

1.
Set the L VALVE and the R VALVE The L VALVE and the R VALVE indication
switches to CLOSED to stop the refuel changes from OP to CL
operation
2.

Set the PWR/OFF switch to OFF

Stop the fuel supply from the fuel bowser.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SB20 PRESSURE REFUEL IN MANUAL MODE

PAGE 6.14/11
300115

Eastern airways
6.14.8

Ground Operations Manual

SB20 Gravity Refuel

On the Fuelling Panel


ACTION
1.

RESULT

Set the PWR/OFF switch to PWR

The
RIGHT/TOTAL/LEFT
display
shows SAAB 2000 then the quantity
of the fuel in the tanks.

Release the TEST/OFF switch

The OVERFILL LEDs go out.


The
displays go back to their usual status

3.

EN

2. Set and hold (for a minimum of 3 The OVERFILL LEDs come on. Each
seconds) the TEST/OFF switch to of the displays show 8888 or 88888
TEST
test display

O
CU

Note: If the system has a fault, the


displays will give the applicable data

Supply fuel from the Fuel Bowser

LL
E

WARNING:
YOU MUST STOP THE REFUEL OPERATION IMMEDIATELY IF THE
OVERFILL LIGHTS COME ON. IF THERE IS A LEAKAGE OF FUEL (THROUGH THE
OVERBOARD VENT LINES) THERE IS A RISK OF FIRE

On the fuelling panel monitor the fuel quantity on the RIGHT/TOTAL/LEFT


display

TR

NOTE: If the fuelling panel is not serviceable, monitor the fuel operation on the
cockpit fuel quantity indicators.

CO

Stop the fuel supply when you have the correct quantity in tanks.

On the fuelling panel set the PWR/OFF switch to OFF.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


SB20 GRAVITY REFUEL

PAGE 6.14/12
300115

Eastern airways
6.14.9

Ground Operations Manual

Refuelling at MOD stations

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

For re-fuelling operations being carried out at MOD stations, MOD personnel
are not permitted to operate fuelling panels but may assist the flight crew
with the re-fuelling procedure.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


REFUELLING AT MOD STATIONS

PAGE 6.14/13
300115

Eastern airways
6.15

Ground Operations Manual

TOILET SERVICING PROCEDURE

6.15.1 JETSTREAM 41
6.15.1.1 Drain and Fill the Toilet
NOTE:

This procedure tells you how to drain and fill the toilet, using a Wye
fitting. It also tells you how to drain and fill the toilet without using a
Wye fitting.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Toilet Servicing Diagram

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


TOILET SERVICING J41

PAGE 6.15/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.15.1.2 Toilet Servicing Procedure


WARNING: DO NOT LET THE TOILET FLUID GET ON THE AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE. REMOVE THE LEAKAGE OF TOILET FLUID IMMEDIATELY. THE
TOILET FLUID CAN CAUSE CORROSION OF THE STRUCTURE
(1)

Job set-up:
(a) Put the toilet service cart in position at the left rear of the aircraft.

(2)

Open the access door.

(3)

On the toilet service panel:


Set the lock lever of the fill/flush cap to the not locked position.

(b)

Remove the cap from the fill/flush connector

(a)

Connect the flush hose of the toilet service cart to the fill/flush
connector (3) on the toilet service panel

(5)

Release the latch and open the cap of the drain connector on the toilet
service panel.

(6)

Connect the toilet service cart drain hose to the toilet service panel:
This procedure is for a drain hose with a Wye fitting attached to it
On the toilet service panel connect the Wye fitting to the drain
connector

(b)

Push in the T-handle and engage it in the drain plug

(c)

Turn the T-handle counter clockwise to release the drain plug


from the drain connector

(d)

Pull out the T-handle until it stops, to remove the drain plug from
the drain connector

LL
E

(a)

NOTE:

O
CU

EN

(4)

This procedure is for a drain hose without a Wye fitting attached to it


Engage the drain plug wrench in the drain plug.
Turn the drain plug wrench counter clockwise to release the
drain plug from the drain connector

(c)

Pull out the drain plug wrench and remove the drain plug from
the drain connector.

CO

(a)
(b)

NOTE:

TR

Connect the toilet service cart drain hose to the toilet service panel:

(7)

(d)

(8)

Connect the drain hose to the drain connector

Drain the toilet waste tank:


(a)

On the toilet service panel


- Pull the drain valve control out
- Turn it clockwise to lock the drain valve in the open position

(b)
(c)

Let the contents of the toilet waste tank flow to the toilet service
cart.

Turn the drain valve control counter clockwise to the not locked
position and push it fully in to close the drain valve.
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
PAGE 6.15/2
TOILET SERVICING J41
300115

Eastern airways
(9)

Ground Operations Manual

Flush the toilet waste tank:


(a)

Operate the pump of the toilet service cart to flush the toilet
waste tank with 5 imp gal (6 US gal/23 litres) of water. At the
same time:
- Pull and release the drain valve control five times to clean
the drain valve
- On the hose which has a Wye fitting, push and pull the Thandle five times to clean the drain plug

(b)

Drain the toilet waste tank:


On the toilet service panel:
- Pull the drain valve control out

(a)

EN

(10)

Stop the pump of the toilet service cart.

NOTE:

O
CU

Turn the drain valve control counter clockwise to the not locked
position and push it in to close the drain valve.

Disconnect the drain hose from the toilet service panel:

This procedure is for a drain hose with a Wye fitting attached to it


Push the T-handle fully in to install the drain plug in the drain
connector.

(b)

Turn the T-handle clockwise until you feel a click, the drain plug
is in its locked position.

(c)

Pull the T-handle fully out.

(d)

Disconnect the Wye fitting from the drain connector.

LL
E

(a)

Disconnect the drain hose of the toilet service cart from the drain
connector of the toilet service panel.
This procedure is for a drain hose without a Wye fitting attached to it

Install the drain plug:

(13)

(c)

TR

(12)

Let the contents of the toilet waste tank flow to the toilet service
cart.

NOTE:

(b)

CO

(11)

- Turn it clockwise to lock the drain valve in the open


position

Use the drain plug wrench and install the drain plug in the drain
connector.

(b)

Turn the drain plug wrench clockwise until you feel a click, the
drain plug is in its locked position.

(c)

Remove the drain plug wrench from the drain plug.

(a)

(14)

Clean the drain connector (2) with a cloth moist with disinfectant.

(15)

Make sure the seal of the cap on the drain connector is serviceable.
Close the cap and engage the latch.

(16)

Disconnect the flush hose of the toilet service cart from the fill/flush
connector

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


TOILET SERVICING J41

PAGE 6.15/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

(17)

Connect the hose of the chemical tank on the toilet service cart to the
fill/flush connector.

(18)

Fill the toilet waste tank:


(a)
Operate the toilet service cart and put 2.5 imp gal (3 US gal/12
litres) of water in the toilet tank.
(b)

Stop the pump of the toilet service cart

(c)

Put 40 grams of the germicidal deodorant fluid in the toilet tank


through the toilet bowl.

(d)
If necessary put the antifreeze fluid in the toilet waste tank
through the toilet bowl.

EN

Make sure the total contents of the toilet tank are not more
than 3 imp gal (3.6 US gal/13.5 litres)
Disconnect the hose of the toilet service cart from the fill/flush
connector.

(20)

Install the cap on the fill/flush connector and set the lock lever to the
locked position.

(21)

Remove the unwanted fluid from the toilet service panel and the
access

(22)

Job close-up.

Close the access door.

CO

TR

(23)

Remove all the tools, the materials and the equipment. Make
sure the work area is clean.

LL
E

(a)

O
CU

(19)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


TOILET SERVICING J41

PAGE 6.15/4
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

6.15.2 TOILET SERVICING PROCEDURE SAAB 2000


6.15.2.1 To Drain the Toilet Waste Tank
WARNING: DO NOT PUT THE WASTE SERVICE CART NEAR THE WATER SERVICING
EQUIPMENT. THE CONTAMINATION FROM THE WASTE CAN GET INTO THE POTABLE
WATER AND IS DANGEROUS TO THE HEALTH OF PERSONS.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

WARNING:
THE SAME PERSON MUST NOT SERVICE THE WASTE DISPOSAL
SYSTEM AND THEN THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM AS CONTAMINATION CAN BE
TRANSFERRED FROM THE WASTE TO THE POTABLE SYSTEM

(1) Position the Toilet cart near the Toilet Service Door
(2) Open Toilet Service Door
(3) Drain the toilet waste tank:
(a) Remove Cap (2) from Fill Connector (1)
(b) Connect water delivery hose of the waste cart to the fill connector
(1)
(c) Lift and pull the flap lever (7) to open the waste connector flap (5)
(d) Connect the waste hose to the waste connector (6)
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
TOILET SERVICING SB20

PAGE 6.15/5
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

To fill the Toilet Waste Tank:

6.15.2.2

O
CU

EN

(e) Pull and then turn the drain handle (3 90 degrees clockwise. This
locks the drain valve open
(f) Let the waste in the toilet waste tank fully drain into the waste
service cart
(g) Open the water valve on the waste service cart
(h) Let the water from the waste service cart flush the toilet waste
tank for 1 minute
(i) Close the water valve on the waste cart
(j) Let the water in the toilet waste tank drain fully into the service
cart
(k)Turn the drain handle (3) 90 degrees anti-clockwise to lock the
drain valve closed
(l) Disconnect the water hose from the fill connector (1)
(m) Lift the release handle (4) and disconnect the waste hose of the
service cart from the waste connector (6)
(n) Close the waste connector flap (5) and lock it with the flap lever
(7
(o) Dry the work area and close the service door

LL
E

WARNING: DO NOT PUT THE WASTE SERVICE CART NEAR THE WATER SERVICING
EQUIPMENT AS CROSS CONTAMINATION CAN OCCUR. THE SAME PERSON MUST
NOT SERVICE THE WASTE AND THE POTABLE SYSTEMS

CO

TR

(1) Remove the cap (2) from the fill connector (1)
(2) Connect the water delivery hose of the service cart to the fill
connector (1)
(3) Open the water valve on the service cart
(4) Fill the toilet waste tank with 9.5 litres of water which has 70 grams
of sanitation fluid added
(5) Close the water valve on the service cart
(6) Disconnect the water delivery hose of the service cart from the fill
connector (1)
(7) Install the cap (2) on the fill connector (1)
(8) Dry the work area and close the service door

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


TOILET SERVICING SB20

PAGE 6.15/6
300115

Eastern airways
6.16

Ground Operations Manual

INTERIOR CLEANING SPECIFICATION

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

The Eastern Airways aircraft cleaning specification manual can be found via
the following link:
http://ops.easternairways.com/login.asp
Password: Ea5tern

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


INTERIOR CLEANING SPECIFICATION

PAGE 6.16/1
300115

Eastern airways
6.17

Ground Operations Manual

WEATHER PRECAUTIONS

6.17.1
General
Parking Position
Particularly during periods of actual or forecast strong winds, aircraft should
be parked in a sheltered position, and pointing into the prevailing wind
direction where practical. Positioning of the aircraft should represent the best
available compromise between the requirement of the airport and/or air traffic
control, the prevailing wind direction, and the proximity to the buildings and
other aircraft. This can be conducted by either the ground handling agent or
engineering.

O
CU

EN

Chocking of Aircraft
During periods of actual or forecast strong winds, always ensure chocks are
placed fore and aft of all main and nose-wheels. Normally this will be
requested either by Eastern Airways Operations Department or the aircraft
Captain. However this should be done for all aircraft with a stopover duration
exceeding 1-hour by the handling agent or engineering.

LL
E

Fuelling of Aircraft
For aircraft planned for long turnarounds, or night stopping, it may be
preferable to fuel the aircraft on arrival during actual or forecast strong winds,
as the weight of fuel will add to the aircrafts stability. Eastern Airways
Operations or the aircraft Captain will normally make such a request.
Handling agents should liaise with the crew in determining a fuel load suited
to the booked load for the next planned flight.

CO

TR

Fitting of Engine Blanks


Where heavy snow is forecast, it is preferable to fit engine blanks into the air
intakes of aircraft on night stops or long turnarounds. When this is necessary,
crew will be required to remove blanks and sign the tech log stating that the
blanks have been removed prior to the next flight.

Ground Equipment
In strong winds, night stop aircraft must have all potentially hazardous
ground equipment (GPUs, Mobile Waste Containers etc.) removed from the
vicinity of the aircraft while it is unattended. This equipment may only be
returned prior to the departure of the aircraft with the crew in attendance.
Also ensure any such equipment is checked or unable to reach the aircraft
during any movement.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEATHER PRECAUTIONS

PAGE 6.17/1
300115

Eastern airways
6.17.2

Ground Operations Manual

Weather Precautions J41

WARNING: IF THE WINDSPEED WILL BE MORE THAN 45 KNOTS (52 MPH/83


KM/H) THE AIRCRAFT ,MUST BE MOORED
This can be done by the handling agent in conjunction with the representative
engineering provider if available.
WARNING: IF THE WINDSPEED WILL BE MORE THAN 65 KNOTS (75
MPH/120 KM/H), THE AIRCRAFT MUST BE PARKED IN A HANGAR, SUBJECT
TO AVAILABILITY

(1) Find a satisfactory location to park the aircraft

EN

(2) Install the ground locks in the landing gear (Ref. TASK 10-10-00-480805)

(3) Make sure the nose wheel is aligned with the aircraft centre line.

O
CU

(4) Put the chocks at the front and at the rear of the main wheels and the
nose wheel
(5) Set the parking brake to off
(6) Make sure the aircraft is electrically grounded

LL
E

(7) Engage the gust locks:


(a) In the flight compartment, on the centre console (right side),
move the GUST LOCKS lever up
(b) Operate the elevator, the rudder and the aileron controls until the
gust locks engage
(8) Make sure the flight compartment windows are closed.

CO

Main entrance door and the type II emergency door


Main baggage-compartment door
Ventral baggage-bay doors
Refuel/defuel access door
External electrical-power access-door
Left and the right nose-equipment doors

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)

TR

(10) Close the:

(9) Close the doors and the access panels.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEATHER PRECAUTIONS J41

PAGE 6.17/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Covers and Bungs J41

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEATHER PRECAUTIONS J41

PAGE 6.17/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

WARNING: ALLOW THE PITOT HEAD TO COOL FOR A MINIMUM OF 10


MINUTES BEFORE INSTALLING THE COVERS
ALLOW THE ENGINES TO COOL FOR A MINIMUM OF 15 MINUTES BEFORE
INSTALLING THE COVERS

EN

Install the ground locks in the landing gear.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

(2)

(1) Install the:


(a) Pitot/total-air-temperature probe covers.
(b) Static vent plugs.
(c) Engine and oil-cooler intake-bungs.
(d) Engine exhaust covers.
(e) Cold-air-unit (CAU) intake bungs.
(f) CAU exhaust bungs.
(g) Angle-of-attack vane covers.

(a)

Open the access panels

(b)

Install the ground locks in the left and the right main landing gear.

(c)

Install the ground lock in the nose landing gear.

(d)

Make sure you can see the red warning flags on the ground locks.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEATHER PRECAUTIONS J41

PAGE 6.17/4
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

Mooring Aircraft - J41

(1) Put nylon ropes (2) through towing lugs (1) on the Main Landing Gear
and attach to a related ground mooring attachment.(3)
(2) Put the nylon ropes (5) through the towing lugs (1) on the Main
Landing Gear and attach to a related ground mooring attachment (4)
(3) Put the nylon ropes (6) through the towing lugs (8) on the Nose
Landing Gear and attach to a related ground mooring attachment (7)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEATHER PRECAUTIONS J41

PAGE 6.17/5
300115

Eastern airways
6.17.3

Ground Operations Manual

Weather Precautions - Saab 2000

The procedure below is for parking of aircraft for up to 7 days. If the wind
speeds are more than 35 knots the aircraft shall be moored, by the handling
agent or engineering representative.
Parking the aircraft
Install Landing gear safety pins

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

(1)

(2)

Put aircraft into wind with nose wheel in neutral position

NOTE: Tow the aircraft not less than 3 metres in straight direction before it
is parked to remove possible side loads to the landing gear.
(3)

Place wheel chocks in front of and behind the nose and main wheels

NOTE:
(4)

If wind speeds greater than 35 Kts moor the aircraft


Set flaps to 35

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEATHER PRECAUTIONS SB20

PAGE 6.17/6
300115

Eastern airways
(5)

Ground Operations Manual

Make the aircraft safe (engineering):


(a) Set aileron and elevator controls in neutral position
(b) Set Gust Lock handle to locked
(c) Set Parking Brake on
On EFIS display ensure PARKING BRAKE ON text displayed

(d) Remove external power


(e) Remove Battery power
Ensure the aircraft has an earth to ground contact made (engineering)

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

(6)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEATHER PRECAUTIONS SB20

PAGE 6.17/7
300115

Eastern airways
(7)

Ground Operations Manual

Install Aircraft Covers (engineering)

O
CU

EN

Sheet 1

CO

TR

LL
E

Sheet 2

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEATHER PRECAUTIONS SB20

PAGE 6.17/8
300115

Eastern airways
Make safe the propellers

EN

(8)

Ground Operations Manual

O
CU

Fitting Prop Ties


On night stops and as required during windy conditions, it may be necessary
to fit propeller-ties to prevent the propellers wind milling. Fitting is only to be
carried out by crew, engineers or other suitably qualified and approved staff.

CO

TR

LL
E

(9) Moor the Aircraft

(a) Attach the rope in the aft mooring ring outboard of the main gear
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
WEATHER PRECAUTIONS SB20

PAGE 6.17/9
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

O
CU

EN

(b) At the outboard side of the MLG on the main casting of the strut find
the second light hole from the bottom.
(c) Put the rope from the aft mooring ring through the aft side of the light
hole
(d) Pull the rope through put it over itself and take it to the forward tie
down point.
(e) Attach the rope in the forward mooring ring
(f) Ensure the two ends of the rope attach tight to the mooring rings
(g) Attach the rope in the RH mooring ring forward of the nose gear
(h) On the Nose landing gear find the bottom light hole on the RH side of
the main strut casting
(i) Put the rope from the RH mooring ring through the aft side of the light
hole
(j) Pull the rope through put it across the front of the gear and through the
front of the RH light hole
(k)Pull the rope through the RH light hole
(l) Put it across the front of the gear
(m) Pull the rope through the front of the LH light hole
(n) Attach the rope in the LH mooring ring
(o) Ensure the two ends of the rope attach tight to the mooring rings

LL
E

Supplemental Cabin Heating System


Two cabin heaters are installed under the rear cabin seats on the right side of
the cabin. The cabin heater switch is located on the cockpit right rear panel.
Ground power is required for the cabin heater system to work.

CO

TR

Cabin Heaters should not be selected on and the aircraft left unattended

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WEATHER PRECAUTIONS SB20

PAGE 6.17/10
300115

Eastern airways
6.18

Ground Operations Manual

BALLAST / HOLD BAGGAGE REPORTING

Reporting of hold contents


Prior to loading the hold of any Eastern Airways aircraft please ensure that the
hold is checked in advance.
Should any items such as ballast blocks, bags, catering boxes or any other
items already be in the hold prior to loading, ENSURE such items are reported
to the aircraft Captain & verification is made that items are to be carried & not
removed.

EN

Never assume that such items as ballast blocks are to be left in the hold.
Carriage of such additional weight without record or calculation can present a
serious flight safety issue.

O
CU

As a baggage handler, ramp operative, dispatcher or turnaround coordinator,


always ensure that if these items are agreed to be carried or have been
requested to be loaded & carried, they are always advised to the captain,
dispatcher or load controller such that they are contained or calculated into
any load sheet.

When any individual is entering or exiting an aircraft hold, only appropriate


ground handling equipment must be used. Individuals operating this
equipment must be trained to do.

LL
E

Extreme care must be taken when placing items of equipment up to the


fuselage of the aircraft and an allowance must be made for small movements
of the aircraft.

CO

TR

Crew bags stowed in the aircraft hold, identifiable by a crew lanyard, are to be
removed only by the handling agent when requested to do so by the crew.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


BALLAST / HOLD BAGGAGE REPORTING

PAGE 6.18/1
300115

Eastern airways
6.19

Ground Operations Manual

CATERING OF AIRCRAFT

Catering of aircraft
Upon arrival on stand, after passengers have disembarked, the catering staff
will be given the catering uplift sheet prepared by the incoming Cabin Crew.
The Cabin Crew will be responsible for bringing the catering trolley to the
front of the aircraft for the catering staff to re-cater. Catering staff must not
manoeuvre the trolley themselves.
The trolley will be placed at the front of the aircraft in the aisle only while refuelling is not taking place.

EN

Should the aircraft refuel, the seat belt signs will be illuminated by the flight
deck. At this point, the Cabin Crew will remove the catering trolley from the
aisle and return it to the galley to enable a means of accessing the exits
during the refuel process.

O
CU

The means of accessing the aircraft should be by the forward main passenger
door. Should any other service door be required, the Cabin Crew will open
them. The catering staff must not operate the doors.

The catering company must have their own Risk Assessment for the task
based on this procedure.

TR

LL
E

Hot water uplift


The J41 & EMB aircraft each carry two hot water urns located in the galleys
The S20 carries one urn. It is the responsibility of the catering staff to remove
and replace the urns from/to the galley for replenishment.

CO

The urns must be replenished off of the aircraft. The urns must not be
replenished on board the aircraft. Each urn is secured in place via red latches.
Communication must be made with the Cabin Crew to advise them that urns
have been replenished and replaced.

The urns in the galley are assigned to the airframe. Under no circumstances
must the urns be permanently removed or swapped by catering staff. The
location of the urns are shown on the galley layouts below.
Urns push onto electrical fitments so every care must be taken on their
fitment and removal so as not to damage the socket.
In the J41, two silver catches secure a facing panel in front of the urns.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CATERING OF AIRCRAFT

PAGE 6.19/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual


S20 galley (Driessen galley)
(red latches shown)

LL
E

O
CU

EN

J41 galley
(facing panel in front of urn)

S20 galley (Bucher galley)


(red latches shown)

CO

TR

EMB 135/145

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CATERING OF AIRCRAFT

PAGE 6.19/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Operation of red latches


The layout of galleys may vary from aircraft to aircraft. It is the responsibility
of catering staff to familiarize themselves with the location of all trollies, urns
and latches. If staff are unsure of galley layouts or location of latches, they
must consult a member of the Cabin Crew for clarification.
Catering staff must ensure that following any activity of removing and
replacing urns and trollies, the red latches are left secure so as to secure the
equipment in place.

The catering company must have their own written procedure in place based
on the content of this GHI and ensure that staff receive internal training.

O
CU

EN

Offloading of catering trollies


There are occasions where catering trollies may need to be offloaded by
catering staff. It is important that catering staff follow the procedures below.
The removal of trollies from the rear aircraft door is prohibited without the
use of a highloader. Doors must only be operated by crew.

Manual offload of the trollies by hand must only take place from the front
door. Prior to the offload, all trays and content of the trolley must be
removed.

LL
E

The door must be secured using the door latch. The trolley must be offloaded
with the door facing skyward.

TR

The offload of a trolley is to be conducted using no less than three people.


The third person must be placed at the bottom of the aircraft steps to provide
guidance on foot position to the person walking backwards and control the
speed of the operation.

CO

All staff must wear appropriate PPE.

The catering company must ensure that they have completed their own risk
assessment based on this procedure and that staff have received training.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


CATERING OF AIRCRAFT

PAGE 6.19/3
300115

Eastern airways
SECTION 7
7.1

Ground Operations Manual

WINTER OPERATIONS

WINTER OPERATIONS & AIRCRAFT DE-ICING

At certain periods of the year it will be necessary to apply additional measures


to protect aircraft such as in high wind or apply anti and de-icing measures to
allow the safe operation of our aircraft.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

This section details the application and consideration towards such procedures
and should be applied as directed to each specific aircraft type.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WINTER OPERATIONS AND DE-ICING

PAGE 7.1/1
300115

Eastern airways
7.2

Ground Operations Manual

DE-ICING REQUIREMENTS & PROCEDURES

EN

7.2.1
Introduction
Any deposit of ice snow or frost on the external surface of an aircraft may
drastically affect its flying qualities because of reduced aerodynamic lift,
increased drag and modified stability and control characteristics.
Furthermore, freezing deposits may cause moving parts such as elevators,
ailerons, flap actuating mechanisms etc, to jam and create a potentially
hazardous condition. Also, engine operation may be seriously affected by the
ingestion of snow or ice into the engine, causing engine stall or compressor
damage. The most critical ambient temperature range is between +3C and 10C. However, at much higher ambient temperatures (possibly up to +15C or
higher), ice may form on the top and underside of fuel tanks containing large
quantities of cold fuel.

O
CU

7.2.2
Purpose
The procedure is intended to ensure that de-icing/anti-icing of the airframe is
clear of contamination so that neither degradation of aerodynamic
characteristics nor mechanical interference will occur and, following anti-icing,
to maintain the airframe in that condition for appropriate holdover time.

7.2.3
Responsibility
Some, but by no means all, aeroplane types are certificated for flight in a
variety of icing conditions, and the details are contained in the Flight Manual
and its supplements, with which all pilots should be familiar.

TR

LL
E

Aeroplane commanders are therefore to ensure that anti and de-icing


operations appropriate to the conditions are carried out on the ground before
departure, and that pre-flight inspection indicates that all significant deposits
of hoar frost, ice and snow have been removed before any attempt is made to
take off.

Any effect of ground de-icing on aeroplane performance must be taken into


account.

CO

A signature or acceptance from an Eastern Airways captain or Engineer should


always be obtained following application & inspection.

7.2.4
General Precautions
Normally, unless the aeroplane is being de-iced by the approved contractor at
its main base, the flight crew or engineer may be required either to supervise
the de-icing operations, or to inspect once completed the operation.
Care should be taken to ensure that whether removed by broom, squeegee or
the application of fluid spray, deposits are swept away from control surface
hinge areas and system intakes, and that the sprays themselves are not
directed to these areas. Since the de-icing fluid may be further diluted by the
melting deposits which it is designed to remove, refreezing may occur if the
solution runs onto other parts of the aeroplane, and close attention should be
paid to this possibility.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DE-ICING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES

PAGE 7.2/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Care should be taken to prevent de-icing fluid from accumulating around


cockpit transparencies, on which it may cause smearing and loss of vision as
speed is increased during a subsequent take-off.
When de-icing operations have been completed, ideally as close to the
scheduled departure time as possible, a careful walk-round inspection of the
aeroplane is to be completed in order to confirm that flying and control
surfaces have been cleared of deposits, and that intake and drain holes are
free of any obstruction.
If possible, control surfaces should be moved over their full range, and jet
engine compressors rotated by hand to ensure that they have not become
frozen in position.

EN

An inspection of propeller aircraft spinners should be made to check for


trapped snow or moisture, which could subsequently refreeze and cause
propeller imbalance or malfunction.

O
CU

7.2.5
Training Requirements
Appropriate training of any personnel performing de-icing functions must be
completed annually and records available for Eastern Airways inspection.
No personnel who have not undergone training should be involved in the deicing or anti-icing processes upon our aircraft

LL
E

7.2.6
Anti-icing Policy
Eastern Airways does advocate the practice of ANTI-ICING upon its aircraft
fleet wherever practicable. However, this should not simply be carried out
without consultation with the Eastern Airways Operations Department.
Aircraft should not receive anti-icing treatment on a Friday into
Saturday or Saturday into Sunday on any occasions.

NOTE:

TR

As a guide, certain criteria should be applied before anti-icing is applied:

CO

(a) The aircraft has become wet-soaked prior to forecasted freezing


conditions
(b) A period of freezing conditions is forecast to be followed by snowfall
(c) Snowfall is forecast followed by freezing conditions
(d) Application will reduce operational disruption for the next operational
day

(e) or period of operation later the same day


7.2.7
Aircraft Brushing
Before de-icing fluid is applied to any surfaces, the sweeping of any loose
deposits or fresh snow is encouraged to reduce the fluid levels required.
7.2.8
Fluid Volumes
The nominal values for de-icing aircraft types are:

200 litres J41


250 litres EMB 135/145
300 litres Saab 2000

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DE-ICING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES

PAGE 7.2/2
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

Any amounts that are expected to far exceed the above values must be
authorised by the crew or Eastern Airways Operations first.
A signature or acceptance from an Eastern Airways captain or Engineer must
be obtained following application & inspection.
7.2.9
Prop cleaning
Prior to the application of de-icing fluid, it is important that any build-up of
snow is removed. This should be done using either a soft bristled brush or
squeegee so as not to damage the propeller blades.
De-icing fluid is to be applied using either a cloth or sponge soaked in de-icing
fluid. Ground staff should wear PPE appropriate for the application.

EN

De-icing fluid is not to be applied using a de-icing hose due to the potential
for the fluid to enter the engine intakes.

LL
E

Saab
o Both propellers rotate in the anti-clockwise direction (when facing
the nose of the aircraft, looking aft)
J41
o The no1 propeller (ie the propeller on the aircrafts left wing)
rotates anti-clockwise (facing the nose of the aircraft, looking aft)
o The no2 propeller rotates clockwise (facing the nose of the
aircraft, looking aft)

O
CU

Please note the direction of rotation of the propeller blades as below:

In order to access each propeller blade, the propellers are to be turned in the
direction as indicated above only.

TR

All ports and vents must be checked to ensure that they are clear of fluid or
frozen contamination. If found, report contamination to the Engineer or
Captain.

CO

RADOME

Sprayed at the discretion of the de-ice crew.

COCKPIT WINDOWS

Cock pit windows at the request of the Captain, function to be


completed only by an engineer.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DE-ICING REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES

PAGE 7.2/3
300115

Eastern airways
7.3

Ground Operations Manual

DE-ICING FLUIDS

For information relating to the application and holdover times of de-icing


fluids, refer to the current edition of Association of European Airlines (AEA)
(recommendations for de-icing/anti-icing aircraft on the ground).
Definitions
Condition
Active frost

Definitions
Active frost is a condition when frost is forming. Active
frost occurs when aircraft surface temperature is:

A precautionary procedure that provides protection


against the formation of frost or ice and accumulations
of snow on treated surfaces of the aircraft for a limited
period of time (holdover time).
A coating of ice, generally clear and smooth, but with
some air pockets. It is formed on exposed objects at
temperatures below or slightly above freezing
temperatures by freezing of super cooled drizzle,
droplets or raindrops.
The wings of aircraft are said to be cold-soaked when
they contain very cold fuel as a result of having just
landed after a flight at high altitude or from having
been re-fuelled with very cold fuel.
Whenever
precipitation falls on a cold-soaked aircraft when on the
ground, clear icing may occur.
Even in ambient
temperatures between -2C and +15C, ice or frost can
form in the presence of visible moisture or high
humidity if the aircraft structure remains at 0C or
below. Clear ice is very difficult to be detected visually
and may break loose during or after takeoff. The
following
factors
contribute
to
cold-soaking:
temperature and quantity of fuel in fuel cells, type and
location of fuel cells, length of time at high altitude
flights, temperature of re-fuelled fuel and time since refuelling.
A procedure by which frost, ice, slush and snow is
removed from an aircraft in order to provide
uncontaminated surfaces.

EN

Anti-icing

at or below 0 C (32F)
and
at or below dew point

O
CU

Clear Ice

CO

TR

LL
E

Cold-soak effect

De-icing

De-Icing/Anti-Icing

A combination of the two procedures described above


and may be performed in either one or two steps.

One-Step De-Icing/AntiIcing

De-icing and anti-icing are carried out at the same time


using a de-icing/anti-icing fluid to both remove frozen
deposits and to protect the de-iced surfaces for a
limited period of time.

Two Step De-Icing/AntiIcing

De-icing and anti-icing are carried out in two separate


steps, the first step, de-icing being immediately
followed by the second step, anti-icing.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DE-ICING FLUIDS

PAGE 7.3/1
300115

Eastern airways
Freezing Conditions

Freezing Drizzle

Freezing Fog

Conditions in which the outside air temperature is below


+3C (37.4F) and visible moisture in any form (such
as fog with visibility below 1.5 km, rain, snow, sleet or
ice crystals) or standing water, slush, ice or snow is
present on the runway.
Fairly uniform precipitation composed exclusively of fine
drops (diameter less than 0.5 mm (0.2 in)) diameter
very close together which freezes upon impact with the
ground or other exposed objects.
A suspension of numerous minute water droplets which
freezes upon impact with ground or other exposed
objects, generally reducing the horizontal visibility at
the earths surface to less than 1 km (5/8 mile).
Ice crystals that form from ice saturated air at
temperatures below 0C (32F) by direct sublimation on
the ground or other exposed objects.
Estimated time for which an anti-icing fluid will prevent
the formation of frost or ice and the accumulation of
snow on the protected surfaces of an aircraft, under all
weather conditions.
Precipitation of ice crystals, most of which are
branched, star-shaped or mixed with unbranched
crystals. At temperatures higher than -5C (23F), the
crystals are generally agglomerated onto snowflakes.
Precipitation of liquid water particles which freeze upon
impact with exposed surfaces and objects. Precipitation
consists of drops, greater than 0.5 mm (0.02) diameter.
Measured intensity for liquid water particles are up to
0.10 in/hr (2.5 mm or 25 gms/dm2/hr) with a
maximum of 0.10 inches in 6 minutes.
The lowest operational use temperature is the higher
(warmer) of
a) The lowest temperature at which the fluid meets the
aerodynamic acceptance test for a given type)high
speed or low speed ) of the aircraft or
b) The freezing point of the fluid plus the freezing
point buffer of 10C for TypeI fluid and 7C for Type
II, III or IV fluids
Precipitation of liquid water particles which freezes upon
impact with the ground or other exposed objects, either
in the form of drops of more than 0.5 mm (0.02 inch)
or smaller drops which, in contrast to drizzle, are widely
separated. Measured intensity of liquid
water
particles is more than 2.5 mm/hour (0.10 inch/hour) or
25 grams/dm2/hour.

EN

Frost/Hoar Frost

Ground Operations Manual

O
CU

Holdover Time

Snow

CO

TR

Lowest Operational Use


Temperature

LL
E

Light Freezing Rain

Moderate and heavy


freezing rain

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DE-ICING FLUIDS

PAGE 7.3/2
300115

Eastern airways
Radiation cooling

Rain or High Humidity


(on Cold Soaked Wing)
Sleet

A process by which temperature decreases due to an


excess of emitted radiation over absorbed radiation. On
a typical calm clear night aircraft surfaces emit
longwave radiation, however there is no solar radiation
(shortwave) coming in at night and this longwave
emission will represent a net energy loss. Under these
conditions the aircraft surface temperatures may be up
to 4C or more below that of the surrounding air.
Water forming ice or frost on the wing surface, when
the temperature of the aircraft wing surface is at or
below 0C (32F).
Precipitation in the form of a mixture of rain and snow.
For operation in light sleet treat as light freezing rain.
Snow or ice that has been reduced to a soft watery mix
by rain, warm temperatures and/or chemical treatment.
An examination of an item against the relevant
standard by a trained and qualified person.
This check ensures that the representative surfaces of
the aircraft are free of ice, snow, slush or frost just
prior to take -off. This check should be accomplished
as close to the time of take -off as possible and is
normally made from within the aircraft by visually
checking the wings or other critical surfaces, defined by
the aircraft manufacture. See AFM.

Check

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

Pre Take-Off check

EN

Slush

Ground Operations Manual

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


DE-ICING FLUIDS

PAGE 7.3/3
300115

Eastern airways
7.4

Ground Operations Manual

WINTER OPERATIONS - SAAB 2000

The following guidance is issued specifically in relation to the operation of the


Saab 2000 aircraft type whereby additional precautions relative to control
surfaces and Auxiliary Power Unit are required.

EN

7.4.1
Aircraft Handling in Cold Weather Operations
Aircraft operation in adverse weather conditions presents additional problems
due to the effects of extreme temperatures; slippery runways with cross
winds, contaminated runways, and extreme turbulence.
The problems
associated with cold weather operation are primary those concerned with low
temperatures and with ice and snow on the aircraft, ramps, taxiways and
runways. The majority of operating difficulties are encountered on the
ground.

CO

Check propellers for freedom by turning the propellers in the normal


direction by hand. If a propeller is stuck, call LMC. Do not use force
Check landing gears (special attention shall be paid to the up stop pads
and up lock rollers on the gears for ice build up). Also check tyres are
not frozen to the ground and that brakes are free from ice and snow. Use
de-icing fluid, ground heater or isopropyl alcohol, but avoid spraying
de/anti-icing fluids on brakes. The fluid has a deteriorating effect on
carbon brakes.
Landing gear doors: Check that doors are not obstructed and are free of
impacted snow or ice
Check that alcohol has evaporated and brakes are dry before starting
engines
Clear ice may form on the wing fuel tank area due to cold fuel and is very
difficult to detect. Make it a rule to check for ice. It might be easier to
detect from behind the wing than from the leading edge. If
not sufficient to look at the wing to detect clear ice; use your hand to feel
the wing surface.

TR

LL
E

O
CU

7.4.2
Exterior Safety Inspection
Although the removal of surface snow, ice or frost is normally a maintenance
function, the flight crew should be alert during pre-flight preparation to
inspect areas where surface snow or frost could change or affect normal
system operations.
Takeoff with coatings of frost, up to 3mm in thickness on lower wing surfaces
due to cold fuel, is permissible; however, all leading edge devices, all control
surfaces, upper wing surfaces and balance panel cavities must be free of snow
or ice.
Thin hoar frost is acceptable on the upper surface of the fuselage, provided all
vents and ports are clear. The hoarfrost is a uniform white deposit of fine
crystalline texture, which usually occurs on exposed surfaces on a cold and
cloudless night, and which is thin enough to distinguish surface features
underneath, such as paint lines, markings or lettering.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WINTER OPERATIONS - SAAB 2000

PAGE 7.4/1
300115

Eastern airways

O
CU

If there is ice, check both upper and lower surfaces. Beware that ice
may form on the outer part of the wings (outside the tank area) and the
horizontal stabilizers while the wing area over the fuel tank is free. This
can occur if refueling with fuel warmer than ambient temperature,
typically refueling from a hydrant tank. Structure behind the wing tank
area might be of composite with different characteristics.
Air condition inlets and exits: Verify the air inlets and exits are clear of
snow or ice. Check outflow valves free of impacted snow or ice and
unobstructed. If the APU is operating, check that in- and outlets are fully
open
Engine inlets: Check inlet cowling free of ice or snow
Fuel tank vents: Check all accessible fuel tank vents. All traces of ice or
frost should be removed.
Pitot heads and static ports.
Water rundown resulting from snow
removal may refreeze immediately forward of the static ports and cause
an ice build up which causes disturbed airflow over the static ports and
causes erroneous static readings even thought the static ports
themselves are clear.

EN

Ground Operations Manual

7.4.3
Aircraft Heat Up
Whenever possible, external preheat should be utilized in cold weather.

LL
E

The use of preheat reduces the severity of conditions imposed on all


functional systems of the aircraft. It is the preferred, and the best, method of
starting engines in extremely cold weather. Pre-heat will warm the oil
trapped in the oil coolers and oil filters, which will probably be congealed prior
to starting in very cold weather. Preheat the engines by placing a ground
heater unit hose into the engine air intake.

TR

For specific pre-heat instructions refer to the aircraft operations manual

7.4.4
Fluids for De-icing and Anti-icing
See Section 7.2

CO

7.4.5
Operating with De-icing/Anti-icing Fluids
Testing of undiluted de-icing/anti-icing fluids has shown that some of the fluid
remains on the wing during takeoff rotation and initial climbout. The residual
fluid causes a temporary decrease in lift and increase in drag. To minimise
the impact of the fluid effects on aircraft performance when taking off in icing
conditions, make a slower than normal rotation. Refer to European
Aeronautical Group Gross Mass charts for corrections in performance.
7.4.6
Precipitation Removal and De-icing
The wings and tail surfaces must be clear of ice, snow and frost prior to
takeoff as characteristics can be adversely affected.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WINTER OPERATIONS - SAAB 2000

PAGE 7.4/2
300115

Ground Operations Manual

O
CU

EN

Eastern airways

As the airfoil de-icing system will not operate properly before enough ice has
accumulated on the leading edges, it is important that the aircraft is
adequately cleaned and covered with de-icing fluid in conditions where ice or
snow is likely to accumulate on the aircraft during taxiing and takeoff.

LL
E

Check for ice and snow in engine inlets, bird catchers and exhaust nozzles,
forward part of flaps and the slots between control surfaces and fixed parts.
Check the APU inlet area for ice and snow. Do not operate APU longer than
necessary in snowy conditions.

TR

Precautionary anti-icing after landing will prevent ice


considerably less or no de-icing is required before takeoff:

build

up,

and

CO

(1) Always apply de-icing fluid symmetrically on both sides even when
local deposit may be present on one side only
(2) Start to de/anti-ice the left wing first. Start from the tip and
progress inwards. Then take the right wing and last the tail section.
This means that the left pilot has the best possibility to monitor
surface condition. First treated, first deteriorated.
(3) If possible, de/anti-ice with the engines stopped. This makes it
easier to check that the airfoils are free from ice after the treatment.
(4) Keep the time between de/anti-icing and takeoff as short as possible
(5) De-ice (Type I) with flaps up to avoid spray into cavities
(6) Anti-ice (Type II/V) with flaps in takeoff position to protect the
surfaces in their correct positions for takeoff. Try to avoid spraying
the following areas with de/anti-icing fluid:
i. Probes and sensors
ii. Flight deck windows/cabin windows
iii. Control surface cavities

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WINTER OPERATIONS - SAAB 2000

PAGE 7.4/3
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

iv. Static vents


v. Air inlets
vi. Direct into engine or APU intakes
7.4.7
Ground De/Anti-icing Fluid Residue
Residue of de/anti-icing fluid can collect in so called aerodynamic quiet areas.
Aerodynamic quiet areas are those areas where the fluid does not flow off due
to aerodynamic shear forces. These areas are for instance control gaps and
other open area where fluid can get in. Especially open areas where the
control systems are located can be critical.

O
CU

EN

Residue of Type IV de/anti-icing fluid, collected in aerodynamic quiet areas,


created residue freezing of the elevator control system on some aircraft types
(especially aircraft with T-tails and elevators which are controlled via tabs).
These residue freezing problems seemed to appear with Type IV fluid when
Type 1 fluid or hot water is not used as first step ground de/anti-icing
in combination with prolonged period of using Type IV fluid only for overnight
protection followed by rain i.e. re-hydration.

LL
E

Complete dry-out of de/anti-icing fluid reduces the weight of the fluid to


approximately 1% of the original weight. Therefore, residue from complete
dry-out is very hard to detect as the covered item only looks a bit dull. But
re-hydration can increase the weight again to 30-40% of the original weight.
Such a mixture may freeze at higher temperatures than the original de/antiicing fluid. It is believed that this caused the above mentioned residuefreezing problems.

Although such residue-freezing problems have not been reported on the Saab
2000, the following general recommendation from SAE G-12 fluids
subcommittee is still given:

CO

TR

The repeated application of Type 11 or Type IV anti-icing fluid, without


subsequent application of Type I or hot water, may cause a residue to collect
in aerodynamic quiet areas. This residue may re-hydrate and freeze under
certain temperatures and high humidity conditions which may block or impede
critical flight control systems. This residue may require removal

After a flight preceded by Type II or Type 1V de/anti-icing fluid, the aircraft


should be checked for fluid residue. Especially the wing upper surface and
aerodynamic quiet areas, such as the gap between wing and aileron, should
be checked. Residue of de/anti-icing fluid may cause clogging of certain
holes. If residue of fluid is found, the aircraft should be cleaned by hot water
or Type I before the next flight.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


WINTER OPERATIONS - SAAB 2000

PAGE 7.4/4
300115

Eastern airways
SECTION 8
8.1

Ground Operations Manual

SECURITY & AUDITING

GROUND HANDLING AUDITS

8.1.1
General
Auditing the appointed or prospective Eastern Airways ground handling agents
& associated service providers is an essential element of the continuous
improvement in safety and efficiency of the operation. As well as identifying
potential problems that could result in injury or loss to individuals as well as
loss to Eastern Airways, it also allows each ground handling provider to share
information and implement best practice procedures to improve performance
of both parties together.

O
CU

EN

The audit will be conducted by the Eastern Airways Ground Operations


department who will be responsible for advising audit schedules, specific
requirements for the audit and access requirements while ensuring the audit
is conducted correctly and efficiently on the agreed date with the minimum
disturbance to the handling agent or service provider. All records will be
distributed with appropriate actions and rectifications.
Any necessary re-audits or return visits will be arranged in conjunction with
the ground handling agent.

Non-scheduled inspections may be applicable if felt necessary by Eastern


Airways and recommended by the Ground Services Manager.

LL
E

8.1.2
Audit Programme
Eastern Airways will carry out regular audits of its Handling Agents and key
suppliers.

TR

Station audits for all Schedule Service stations will be carried out at least once
in every 24 month period. Audit for charter destinations will be carried out on
a frequency compatible with the number of flights operated to that station.

CO

Eastern Airways will contact the handling agent (Station Manager or senior
station official) to pre-arrange the audit for a mutually agreeable date.
Eastern Airways have identified the following timescales relative to the audit
programme:-

8.1.3
Frequency of Audit
At least once every 24 months (As required for Charter stations).
8.1.4
Publication of Audit Report
Eastern Airways aim to send the completed Audit report within 14 days of
completion of the audit. (Serious concerns or deficiencies with a Perceived
safety implication will be raised as soon as possible).
8.1.5
Handling Agent Response
A formal response from the Handling Agent to any deficiencies highlighted by
the report should be received by Eastern no later than twenty one (21) days
after publication of the report. Depending on the nature of the deficiencies
GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL
GROUND HANDLING AUDITS

PAGE 8.1/1
300115

Eastern airways

Ground Operations Manual

highlighted, this may be an interim report with any further follow-up action
and timescales to be mutually agreed with Eastern.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

NOTE:
For serious concerns or deficiencies with a perceived safety
implication a shorter response tie is required, dependant on the nature of the
problem).

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


GROUND HANDLING AUDITS

PAGE 8.1/2
300115

Eastern airways
8.2

Ground Operations Manual

STAFF SECURITY TRAINING

It is the responsibility of the handling agent to ensure all staff engaged with
any duties involving security are trained by trainers who have been accredited
by the UK Department for Transport.
The handling agent is responsible for ensuring all staff in possession of a
security ID has been trained in General Security Awareness Training for initial
and recurrent training.

EN

Staff whos roles require exposure to Triple A or cargo, must be trained by


trainers/courses approved by the UK Department for transport in the Account
and Authorising of Aircraft Hold baggage (AAA) and cargo training.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

Persons involved with Eastern Airways Operations, shall have successfully


completed relevant training before being authorised to implement security
controls unsupervised.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


STAFF TRAINING SECURITY

PAGE 8.2/1
300115

Eastern airways
8.3

Ground Operations Manual

AIRCRAFT SECURITY

In order to sustain a satisfactory level of vigilance at airports, persons with


access to airside areas and issued with security passes are responsible for
contributing to airport security.
All Operational staff should be aware of the basic principles of passenger
security; which are that screened passengers should not mix with unscreened
passengers, and that passengers should be closely monitored as they either
board or disembark the aircraft.
No passenger should be allowed airside without passing through a security
search.

CO

TR

LL
E

O
CU

EN

The baggage of any passenger who fails to board or subsequently declines to


travel must be removed from the aircraft.

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


AIRCRAFT SECURITY

PAGE 8.3/1
300115

Eastern airways
8.4

Ground Operations Manual

IDENTITY CHECKS

To help reinforce security on who travel on board our aircraft, reasonable


steps are taken to confirm the identity of each passenger intending to board a
flight.
Wherever possible the confirmation should be made against an
officially issued document. These are detailed in the Passenger Handling
Section of this manual.
All handling agents should instigate full immigration and passport recognition
training for any staff handling an International service.
The purpose of identity checks (particularly International flights) is to:

EN

CO

TR

LL
E

(3)

(2)

Establish that the period of validity of the passport or identity


document covers the period of the intended journey (International
flights).
Confirm that the name booked to travel matches the name on the
passport or form of identification.
Establish that any necessary visas are present (International flights).

O
CU

(1)

GROUND OPERATIONS MANUAL


IDENTITY CHECKS

PAGE 8.4/1
300115

Eastern Airways
SECTION 9.
9.1

Operations Manual

DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

POLICY ON THE TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS

9.1.1

APPROVAL FOR THE TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS

CAT.GEN.MPA.200] [SPA.DG.105]

EN

Dangerous goods can only be carried according to the International Civil


Aviation Organization's Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of
Dangerous Goods by Air (Technical Instructions), irrespective of whether the
flight is wholly or partly within or wholly outside the territory of a State.
An approval must be granted by the State of the Operator before dangerous
goods can be carried on an aircraft, except as identified in 9.1.3 and 9.1.5
below. An additional approval or an exemption may be required to permit the
transport of some dangerous goods - see 9.1.2 below.

CU

EASTERN AIRWAYS COMPLIES WITH THE ICAO TECHNICAL


INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS (BY
AIR) THROUGH THE APPLICATION OF THE IATA DANGEROUS GOODS
REGULATIONS

Air Kilroe, trading as Eastern Airways holds an EASA approval for the
transport of dangerous goods by air for the following aircraft:
Saab 2000

J41-1650 aircraft as listed below for BP LSI contract

EMB-135

O
LL

ED

TR

The initial approval for the carriage of dangerous goods is limited to the
following:
IAC SCS Contract, Saab 2000 aircraft only

BP LSI Contract J41-1650 aircraft (G-MAJK, G-MAJL, G-MAJT, G-MAJW,


G-MAJY, G-MAJZ) and Saab 2000 aircraft

CO

NOTE: BAe Systems exemption at section 9.1.2.1

NOTE: For ad hoc charters carrying dangerous goods refer


section 9.3.12
This approval permits the carriage of any dangerous goods other than those
detailed in 9.1.2 and 9.1.3. and excepting certain categories of Radioactive
material. (see below RAM Class 7)

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/1
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

The following person is assigned responsibility for the Approval held:

Heather Clack, Aberdeen Manager 07827 302654


In the absence of the person assigned responsibility for the Approval held, the
following person has been nominated as having overall responsibility for the
transport of dangerous goods by air.

David Fleming, Ground Operations Manager 07867 392740.


CARRIAGE OF RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL
FORBIDDEN DANGEROUS GOODS

EN

9.1.2

Eastern Airways will not carry radioactive materials

[CAT.GEN.MPA.200 (c] [GM1 CAT.GEN.MPA.200

CU

Certain dangerous goods, which are normally forbidden, may be specifically


approved for air transport by the state of origin and the state of the operator.
To transport dangerous goods forbidden on passenger and/or cargo
aircraft where special provision A1/A2 applies: or

b)

For other purposes


Regulations.

specified

in

the

as

a)

IATA

Dangerous

Goods

O
LL

ED

Provided that in such instances an overall level of safety and transport which
is at least equivalent to the level of safety provided for in these instructions is
achieved.

CO

TR

In instances of extreme urgency or when other forms of transport are


inappropriate or full compliance with the prescribed requirements is contrary
to public interest, the states concerned may grant an exemption from the
provisions of the instructions provided that in such instances an overall level
of safety in transport which is a least equivalent to the level of safety provided
for in these instruction is achieved. States concerned are the states of
origin, operator, transit, overflight and destination. For the state of overflight,
if none of the criteria for granting exemption are relevant, an exemption may
be granted based solely on whether it is believed that and equivalent level of
safety in air transport has been achieved.
Additionally, since controls exist for the quantities of some explosives which
may be carried to or from specific airfields in the UK, operators must seek
adivice from the CAA as to the suitability of the intended airfield of loading
and unloading when Class 1 dangerous goods are being carried under an A2
approval.
Application for approvals should be submitted to the CAA Dangerous
Goods Office at least 10 working days prior to the proposed flight
date.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/2
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

Dangerous goods carried in accordance with an exemption or


approval must comply with the conditions on the exemption or
approval, as well as those on the permanent approval unless these
have been varied by the exemption or further approval.
Such exemptions/Approvals will be notified through Ground Handling
Instructions (GHIs) and Flight Crew Instructions (FCIs).
When dangerous goods are carried under a specific exemption or
approval, a copy of that document will be carried on board the
aircraft.
FORBIDDEN DANGEROUS GOODS EXEMPTIONS

9.1.2.1

EN

[CAT.GEN.MPA.200]

CU

The Civil Aviation Authority, as permitted by and in accordance with Part


1;1.1.2 of the Technical Instructions, exempts the operator and all other
persons from the provisions of the Technical Instructions only to the extent
necessary to permit the carriage of aircrew life preservers containing
pyrotechnic devices in baggage in accordance with the conditions below.

This approval and exemption is granted subject to the following conditions:


The maximum number of aircrew life preservers that can still be carried
on any one flight is limited to eight;

b)

The aircrew life preservers must be contained in strong outer packagings


and must be loaded in the hold of the aircraft;

c)

The strong outer packagings shall bear a Class 9 Miscellaneous hazard


warning label, and the proper shipping name Life-saving appliances,
self-inflating, UN2990;

d)

Before the flight begins the commander of the aircraft shall be informed
of the identity of the hazard arising from the aircrew life preservers and
their location on-board the aircraft;

e)

No dangerous goods other than aircrew life preservers containing


pyrotechnic devices shall be carried.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

a)

Technical Instructions means the latest effective edition of the Technical


Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air (Doc 9284AN/905), including the Supplement and any Addendum approved and
published by decision of the Council of the International Civil Aviation
Authority.
NOTE: It is the responsibility of the DG Manager and deputy to apply
annually for the required exemption.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/3
010414

Eastern Airways
9.1.3

Operations Manual

GENERAL EXCEPTIONS

9.1.3.1

AIRWORTHINESS AND OPERATIONAL ITEMS

[CAT.GEN.MPA.200 (b)(1)

An approval is not required for dangerous goods which are required to be


aboard the aircraft as:
Items for airworthiness or operating reasons or for the health of
passengers or crew, such as batteries, fire extinguishers, first-aid kits,
insecticides, air fresheners, life rafts, escape slides, life-saving
appliances, portable oxygen supplies, tritium signs, smoke hoods,
passenger service units

b)

Aerosols, alcoholic beverages, perfumes, colognes, liquefied gas lighters


and portable electronic devices containing lithium metal or lithium ion
cells or batteries provided that the batteries meet the provisions
applicable when carried by passengers and crew) carried aboard an
aircraft by the operator for use or sale on the aircraft during the flight or
series of flights, but excluding non-refillable gas lighters and those
lighters liable to leak when exposed to reduced pressure; and

c)

dry ice intended for use in food and beverage service aboard the aircraft

d)

Electronic devices such as electronic flight bags, personal entertainment


devices, credit card readers containing lithium ion cells or batteries and
spare lithium batteries for such devices carried aboard an aircraft by the
operator for use on the aircraft during the flight or series of flights,
provided that the batteries meet the provisions applicable to the
carriage of portable electronic devices containing lithium or lithium ion
cells or batteries by passengers (see the entry for consumer articles in
the table produced at 9.1.5)

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

a)

CO

NOTE: dangerous goods intended as replacements for those referred to in


9.1.3.1 (a) to (d) above may not be carried without the approval referred to
in 9.1.1 and unless consigned and accepted for transport in accordance with
the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations.

NOTE: For items That May Be Carried By Passengers And Crew see the entry
for consumer articles in the table produced at 9.1.5.
Spare lithium
batteries must be individually protected so as to prevent short circuits when
not in use. Refer to Ground Operations Manual section 3.4 (Information
notices at check-in).
NOTE: Dangerous goods intended as replacements for those referred to in
9.1.3.1 a, b and c above may not be carried without the approval referred to
in 9.1.1 and unless consigned and accepted for transport in accordance with
the ICAO Technical Instructions

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/4
010414

Eastern Airways
9.1.3.2

Operations Manual

VETERINARY AID [CAT.GEN.MPA.200 (b)(1)]

the dangerous goods must be capable of withstanding the normal


conditions of air transport;

b)

the dangerous goods must be appropriately identified (e.g. by marking or


labelling);

c)

the dangerous goods may only be carried with the approval of the
operator;

d)

the dangerous goods must be inspected for damage or leakage prior to


loading;

e)

loading must be supervised by the operator;

f)

the dangerous goods must be stowed and secured in the aircraft in a


manner that will prevent any movement in flight which would change
their orientation;

g)

the pilot-in-command must be notified of the dangerous goods loaded on


board the aircraft and their loading location. In the event of a crew
change, this information must be passed to the next crew;

h)

all personnel must be trained commensurate with their responsibilities;


and

i)

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

a)

EN

An approval is not required for dangerous goods which are carried for use in
flight as veterinary aid or as a humane killer for an animal. Such dangerous
goods must be stowed and secured during take-off and landing and at all
other times when deemed necessary by the pilot-in-command. The dangerous
goods must be under the control of trained personnel during the time when
they are in use on the aircraft.
Dangerous goods may be carried on a flight made by the same aircraft before
or after a flight for which they are required as veterinary aid or as a humane
killer for an animal, when it is impracticable to load or unload the dangerous
goods immediately before or after the flight, subject to the following
conditions:

the provisions of section 9.9 (Dangerous Goods Accident and Incident


Reports) apply.

9.1.3.3

MEDICAL AID FOR A PATIENT [CAT.GEN.MPA.200(b)(1)]

An approval is not required for dangerous goods which:


a)

are placed on board an aircraft with the approval of the operator;

or
b)

form part of the permanent equipment of the aircraft when it has been
adapted for specialized use, to provide, during flight, medical aid for a
patient, such as gas cylinders, drugs, medicines, other medical material
(eg sterilising wipes) and wet cell or lithium batteries, providing:

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/5
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

the gas cylinders have been manufactured specifically for the


purpose of containing and transporting that particular gas;

ii)

the drugs and medicines and other medical matter are under the
control of trained personnel during the time when they are in use;

iii)

the equipment containing wet cell batteries is kept and, when


necessary secured, in an upright position to prevent spillage of the
electrolyte; and

iv)

proper provision is made to stow and secure all the equipment


during take-off and landing and at all other times when deemed
necessary by the commander in the interests of safety.

i)

CU

EN

These dangerous goods may also be carried on a flight made by the same
aircraft to collect a patient or after that patient has been delivered when it is
impracticable to load or unload the goods at the time of the flight on which
the patient is carried.

9.1.3.4

NOTE: The dangerous goods carried may differ from those identified above
due to the needs of the patient. These provisions apply both to dedicated
air ambulances and to temporarily modified aircraft.

EXCESS BAGGAGE BEING SENT AS CARGO

ED

An approval is not required for dangerous goods contained within items of


excess baggage being sent as cargo provided that:
The excess baggage has been consigned as cargo by or on behalf of a
passenger

b)

The dangerous goods may only be those that are permitted by and in
accordance with 9.1.5 to be carried in checked in baggage and:

b)

The excess baggage is marked with the words Excess baggage


consigned as cargo

CO

TR

O
LL

a)

With the aim of preventing dangerous goods, which a passenger is not


permitted to have, from being taken on board an aircraft in excess baggage
consigned as cargo, handling agents (prior to accepting excess baggage
consigned as cargo) should first seek confirmation from the passenger (or a
person acting on behalf of the passenger) that the excess baggage does not
contain dangerous goods (that are not permitted) and seek further
confirmation about the contents of any item where there are suspicions that it
may contain dangerous goods that are not permitted.
9.1.4 INSTRUCTIONS ON THE CARRIAGE OF EMPLOYEES OF THE
OPERATOR [AMC2 CAT.OP.MPA.160]
There is no restriction of the carriage of employees on an aircraft carrying
dangerous goods which are permitted on a passenger aircraft, providing the
requirements of the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations are complied with.
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/6
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

When an aircraft is carrying dangerous goods which can only be carried on a


cargo aircraft, employees of the operator can also be carried provided they
are in an official capacity. It is intended this be interpreted as meaning they
have duties concerned with the preparation or undertaking of a flight or on
the ground once the aircraft has landed, although not necessarily in
connection with an aircraft. (See also 9.3.4).
9.1.5

ITEMS THAT MAY BE CARRIED BY PASSENGERS AND CREW

[CAT.GEN.MPA.200(b)(2)]

EN

International standards permit the carriage of the dangerous goods listed


below by passengers or crew members either as or in carry-on baggage or
checked baggage or on their person. Additional restrictions, implemented by
countries in the interests of aviation security, may however limit or or forbid
the carriage of some of these items.

CU

Advice to passengers regarding the carriage of dangerous goods can be found


within the Conditions of Carriage section of the Eastern Airways website.

Passengers who require approval for goods should contact the Eastern
Airways Customer Contact Centre (Reservations) and the request should be
forwarded to the Dangerous Goods Manager, Heather Clack or her Deputy
Dave Fleming for their appropriate attention and action.

Yes

Yes

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

On the
person

Items or articles

Carry-on
baggage

CO

Checked
baggage

Location

Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

TR

O
LL

ED

NOTE: Should it be necessary to transfer carry-on baggage to the hold or to


the J41 baggage pod (e.g. due to the size of the baggage preventing proper
stowage in the cabin) it is necessary for cabin crew to verify that the
baggage contains no dangerous goods that are permitted for carriage in
carry-on baggage only (e.g. spare lithium batteries, heat producing articles
etc)

Yes

Yes

Restrictions

Medical necessities

Small gaseous oxygen


or air cylinders required
for medical use

Yes

1)

a) no more than 5 kg gross mass per


cylinder;
b) cylinders, valves and regulators,
where fitted, must be protected from
damage which could cause
inadvertent release of the contents;
and
c) the pilot-in-command must be
informed of the number of oxygen or
air cylinders loaded on board the
aircraft and their loading location(s).

Devices containing
liquid oxygen

No

No

No

n/a

n/a

Devices containing liquid oxygen are


forbidden in carry-on baggage, checked
baggage or on the person.

Empty air cylinders for


other purposes, such as
scuba diving

Yes

Yes

n/a

No

No

May only be carried if empty.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/7
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual
On the
person

Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

2)

Cylinders of a nonflammable, non-toxic


gas worn for the
operation of mechanical
limbs

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Spare cylinders of a similar size are also


allowed, if required, to ensure an
adequate supply for the duration of the
journey.

3)

Non-radioactive
medicinal articles
(including aerosols)

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

a) no more than 0.5 kg or 0.5 L total net


quantity per single article;

Checked
baggage

Carry-on
baggage

Location

Items or articles

Restrictions

EN

b) release valves on aerosols must be


protected by a cap or other suitable
means to prevent inadvertent release
of the contents; and

n/a

n/a

Yes

No

Radio-pharmaceuticals
contained within the
body of a person

n/a

n/a

Yes

No

No

Must be implanted into a person or fitted


externally as the result of medical
treatment.

CU

Radioisotopic cardiac
pacemakers or other
medical devices,
including those powered
by lithium
batteries.implanted into
a person

Must be as the result of medical


treatment.

ED

No

CO

TR

O
LL

4)

c) no more than 2 kg or 2 L total net


quantity of all articles mentioned in
3), 10) and 13) (e.g. four aerosol cans
of 500 mL each) per person.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/8
010414

Yes

No

No

Yes

(see 5 d) a) non-spillable wet batteries must


iv))
comply with Special Provision A67 or
the vibration and pressure differential
tests of Packing Instruction 872;
b) the operator must verify that:
i)

the battery is securely attached to


the mobility aid;

ii) the battery terminals are


protected from short circuits (e.g.
by being enclosed within a battery
container); and
iii) electrical circuits have been
isolated;

EN

Mobility aids (e.g.


wheelchairs) powered
by non-spillable wet
batteries or batteries
which comply with
Special Provision A123,
for use by passengers
whose mobility is
restricted by either a
disability, their health or
age, or a temporary
mobility problem
(e.g. broken leg)

Restrictions

To do this, place the device into


drive mode (i.e. not freewheel
mode), see if the mobility aid will
power up and if so whether use of
the joystick results in the mobility
aid moving. It must also be
verified that the circuits of
supplemental motorised systems
such as seating systems have
been inhibited to prevent
inadvertent operation, e.g. by the
separation of cable connectors. If
an electric mobility aid has not
been made safe for carriage, it
must not be loaded.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

5)

On the
person

Items or articles

Carry-on
baggage

Checked
baggage

Location

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

Operations Manual
Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

Eastern Airways

c) mobility aids must be carried in a


manner such that they are protected
from being damaged by the
movement of baggage, mail, stores or
other cargo;
d) where the mobility aid is specifically
designed to allow its battery(ies) to be
removed by the user
(e.g. collapsible):
i)

the battery(ies) must be removed;


the mobility aid may then be
carried as checked baggage
without restriction;

ii) the removed battery(ies) must be


carried in strong, rigid packagings
which must be stowed in the
cargo compartment;
iii) the battery(ies) must be protected
from short circuit; and
iv) the pilot-in-command must be
informed of the location of the
packed battery;
e) it is recommended that passengers
make advance arrangements with
each operator.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/9
010414

6)

Mobility aids (e.g.


wheelchairs) powered by
spillable batteries, for use by
passengers whose mobility is
restricted by either a
disability, their health or age,
or a temporary mobility
problem (e.g. broken leg)

Yes

On the
person

Items or articles

Carry-on
baggage

Checked
baggage

Location

No

No

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

Operations Manual
Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

Eastern Airways

Yes

Yes

Restrictions
a)

where possible, the mobility aid must be loaded,


stowed, secured and unloaded always in an
upright position. The operator must verify that:
i)

the battery is securely attached to the


mobility aid;

ii)

battery terminals are protected from short


circuits (e.g. by being enclosed within a
battery container); and

iii) electrical circuits have been isolated;

CU

EN

To do this, place the device into drive mode


(i.e. not freewheel mode), see if the mobility
aid will power up and if so whether use of
the joystick results in the mobility aid
moving. It must also be verified that the
circuits of supplemental motorised systems
such as seating systems have been inhibited
to prevent inadvertent operation, e.g. by the
separation of cable connectors. If an
electric mobility aid has not been made safe
for carriage, it must not be loaded.

if the mobility aid cannot be loaded, stowed,


secured and unloaded always in an upright
position, the battery(ies) must be removed and
carried in strong, rigid packagings, as follows:
i)

packagings must be leak-tight, impervious


to battery fluid and be protected against
upset by securing them to pallets or by
securing them in cargo compartments using
appropriate means of securement (other
than by bracing with freight or baggage)
such as by the use of restraining straps,
brackets or holders;

ii)

batteries must be protected against short


circuits, secured upright in these
packagings and surrounded by compatible
absorbent material sufficient to absorb their
total liquid contents; and

TR

O
LL

ED

b)

The mobility aid may then be carried as


checked baggage without restriction;
c)

mobility aids must be carried in a manner such


that they are protected from being damaged by
the movement of baggage, mail, stores or other
cargo;

d)

the pilot-in-command must be informed of the


location of the mobility aid with an installed
battery or the location of a packed battery;

e)

it is recommended that passengers make


advance arrangements with each operator; also,
unless batteries are non-spillable they should be
fitted, where feasible, with spill-resistant vent
caps.

CO

iii) these packagings must be marked Battery,


wet, with wheelchair or Battery, wet,
with mobility aid and be labelled with a
Corrosive label (Figure 5-22) and with
package orientation labels (Figure 5-26) as
required by 5;3;

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/10
010414

7)

Mobility aids (e.g.


wheelchairs) powered by
lithium ion batteries, for use
by passengers whose mobility
is restricted by either a
disability, their health or age,
or a temporary mobility
problem (e.g. broken leg)

Yes

On the
person

Items or articles

Carry-on
baggage

Checked
baggage

Location

(see
7 d))

No

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

Operations Manual
Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

Eastern Airways

Yes

Yes

Restrictions
a)

the batteries must be of a type which meets the


requirements of each test in the UN Manual of
Tests and Criteria, Part III, subsection 38.3;

b)

the operator must verify that:


i)

the battery is securely attached to the


mobility aid;

ii)

the battery terminals are protected from


short circuits (e.g. by being enclosed within
a battery container); and

iii) electrical circuits have been isolated;

c)

mobility aids must be carried in a manner such


that they are protected from being damaged by
the movement of baggage, mail, stores or other
cargo;

d)

where the mobility aid is specifically designed


to allow its battery(ies) to be removed by the
user (e.g. collapsible):

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

To do this, place the device into drive mode


(i.e. not freewheel mode), see if the mobility
aid will power up and if so whether use of
the joystick results in the mobility aid
moving. It must also be verified that the
circuits of supplemental motorised systems
such as seating systems have been inhibited
to prevent inadvertent operation, e.g. by the
separation of cable connectors. If an
electric mobility aid has not been made safe
for carriage, it must not be loaded.

the battery(ies) must be removed and


carried in the passenger cabin;

ii)

the battery terminals must be protected


from short circuit (by insulating the
terminals, e.g. by taping over exposed
terminals);

TR

iii) the battery must be protected from damage


(e.g. by placing each battery in a protective
pouch);

CO

iv) removal of the battery from the mobility


aid must be performed by following the
instructions of the manufacturer or device
owner;
v)

the battery must not exceed 300 Wh; and

vi) a maximum of one spare battery not


exceeding 300 Wh or two spares not
exceeding 160 Wh each may be carried;

N
U
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

i)

e)

the pilot-in-command must be informed of the


location of the lithium ion battery(ies);

f)

it is recommended that passengers make


advance arrangements with each operator.

Page 9.1/11
010414

8)

Portable medical electronic


devices (automated external
defibrilators (AED), nebulizer,
continuous positive airway
pressure (CPAP), etc.)
containing lithium metal or
lithium ion cells or batteries

No

On the
person

Items or articles

Carry-on
baggage

Checked
baggage

Location

Yes

Yes

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

Operations Manual
Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

Eastern Airways

Yes

No

Restrictions
a)

carried by passengers for medical use;

b)

no more than two spare batteries may be carried.


Spare batteries must be individually protected so
as to prevent short circuits (by placement in
original retail packaging or by otherwise
insulating terminals, e.g. by taping over exposed
terminals or placing each battery in a separate
plastic bag or protective pouch); and

c)

each installed or spare battery:

EN

must be of a type which meets the


requirements of each test in the UN
Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III,
subsection 38.3; and
must not exceed the following:

for lithium metal batteries, a lithium


content of not more than 8 grams; or

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Hair curlers containing


hydrocarbon gas

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

CO

11)

TR

O
LL

Toiletry articles (including


aerosols)

ED

Articles used in dressing or grooming


10)

No

a)

no more than one per person;

b)

must be for personal use; and

c)

must be in its protective case.

a)

the term toiletry articles (including aerosols)


is intended to include such items as hair sprays,
perfumes and colognes;

b)

no more than 0.5 kg or 0.5 L total net quantity


per single article;

c)

release valves on aerosols must be protected by


a cap or other suitable means to prevent
inadvertent release of the contents; and

d)

no more than 2 kg or 2 L total net quantity of all


articles mentioned in 3), 10) and 13) (e.g. four
aerosol cans of 500 mL each) per person.

a)

no more than one per person;

b)

the safety cover must be securely fitted over the


heating element; and

c)

gas refills for such curlers must not be carried.

a)

must be in retail packagings;

b)

no more than 5 L per individual receptacle; and

c)

no more than 5 L total net quantity per person


for such beverages.

Small medical or clinical


thermometer which contains
mercury

9)

CU

for lithium ion batteries, a Watt-hour rating


of not more than 160 Wh.

Consumer articles

Alcoholic beverages
containing more than 24 per
cent but not more than 70 per
cent alcohol by volume

12)

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Note. Alcoholic beverages containing not more


than 24 per cent alcohol by volume are not subject to
any restrictions.
13)

Aerosols (non-flammable,
non-toxic), with no subsidiary
risk, for sporting or home use

Yes

No

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

No

No

No

a)

no more than 0.5 kg or 0.5 L total net quantity


per single article;

b)

release valves on aerosols must be protected by


a cap or other suitable means to prevent
inadvertent release of the contents; and

c)

no more than 2 kg or 2 L total net quantity of all


articles mentioned in 3), 10) and 13) (e.g. four
aerosol cans of 500 mL each) per person.

Page 9.1/12
010414

No

No

b)

must not include ammunition with explosive or


incendiary projectiles; and

c)

allowances for more than one person must not


be combined into one or more packages.

a)

no more than one per person; and

b)

intended for use by an individual.

No

Strike anywhere matches

No

No

No

n/a

n/a

Forbidden.

Small cigarette lighter

No

No

Yes

No

No

a)

no more than one per person;

b)

intended for use by an individual; and

c)

does not contain unabsorbed liquid fuel (other


than liquefied gas).

No

No

n/a

Premixing burner lighter (e.g.


lighters producing a blue
flame) with a means of
protection against
unintentional activation

No

No

Yes

No

Premixing burner lighter (e.g.


lighters producing a blue
flame) without a means of
protection against
unintentional activation

No

No

Battery-powered equipment
capable of generating extreme
heat, which could cause a fire
if activated (e.g. underwater
high intensity lamps)

Yes

Yes

n/a
No

No

No

No

n/a

Yes

Forbidden.
a)

no more than one per person;

b)

intended for use by an individual; and

c)

does not contain unabsorbed liquid fuel (other


than liquefied gas).

n/a

Forbidden.

No

a)

the heat-producing component and the battery


are isolated from each other by the removal of
the heat-producing component, the battery or
another component (e.g. fuse); and

b)

any battery which has been removed must be


protected against short circuit (by placement in
original retail packaging or by otherwise
insulating terminals, e.g. by taping over exposed
terminals or placing each battery in a separate
plastic bag or protective pouch).

CO

Avalanche rescue backpack


containing a cylinder of
compressed gas of Division
2.2

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

a)

no more than one per person;

b)

may contain a pyrotechnic trigger mechanism


which must not contain more than 200 mg net of
Division 1.4S;

c)

the backpack must be packed in such a manner


that it cannot be accidentally activated; and

d)

the airbags within the backpack must be fitted


with pressure relief valves.

a)

limited to carbon dioxide or another suitable gas


in Division 2.2;

b)

must be for inflation purposes;

c)

no more than two small cylinders of carbon


dioxide or another suitable gas in Division 2.2
fitted in the life-jacket, per person; and

d)

no more than two spare cartridges.

No

17)

18)

Small cartridges fitted into a


self-inflating life-jacket

Yes

Yes

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Yes

Yes

Small packet of safety


matches

Lighter fuel and lighter refills

No

no more than 5 kg gross mass per person for that


persons own use;

EN

No

a)

Yes

No

CU

No

Yes

Restrictions

TR

16)

Yes

ED

15)

Securely packaged cartridges


in Division 1.4S (UN 0012 or
UN 0014 only);

O
LL

14)

On the
person

Items or articles

Carry-on
baggage

Checked
baggage

Location

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

Operations Manual
Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

Eastern Airways

No

Page 9.1/13
010414

Small cartridges for other


devices

Yes

On the
person

Items or articles

Carry-on
baggage

Checked
baggage

Location

Yes

Yes

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

Operations Manual
Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

Eastern Airways

Yes

No

Restrictions
a)

no more than four small cylinders of carbon


dioxide or other suitable gas in Division 2.2,
without subsidiary risk, per person; and

b)

the water capacity of each cylinder must not


exceed 50 mL.
Note. For carbon dioxide, a gas cylinder with
a water capacity of 50 mL is equivalent to a 28
g cartridge.

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

EN

Portable electronic devices


(including medical devices)
containing lithium metal or
lithium ion cells or batteries

Portable electronic devices


(such as watches, calculating
machines, cameras, cellular
phones, laptop computers,
camcorders)
a)

carried by passengers or crew for personal use;

b)

should be carried as carry-on baggage;

c)

each battery must not exceed the following:

19)

CU

for lithium metal batteries, a lithium


content of not more than 2 grams; or

for lithium ion batteries, a Watt-hour rating


of not more than 100 Wh;
if devices are carried in checked baggage,
measures must be taken to prevent unintentional
activation; and

e)

batteries and cells must be of a type which


meets the requirements of each test in the
UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III,
subsection 38.3.

a)

carried by passengers or crew for personal use;

b)

must be individually protected so as to prevent


short circuits (by placement in original retail
packaging or by otherwise insulating terminals,
e.g. by taping over exposed terminals or placing
each battery in a separate plastic bag or
protective pouch);

c)

each battery must not exceed the following:

Yes

Yes

No

No

TR

No

Spare batteries for portable


electronic devices (including
medical devices) containing
lithium metal or lithium ion
cells or batteries

O
LL

ED

d)

CO

for lithium metal batteries, a lithium


content of not more than 2 grams; or

d)

batteries and cells must be of a type which


meets the requirements of each test in the
UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III,
subsection 38.3.

a)

carried by passengers or crew for personal use;

b)

should be carried as carry-on baggage; and

c)

batteries and cells must be of a type which


meets the requirements of each test in the
UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III,
subsection 38.3.

for lithium ion batteries, a Watt-hour rating


of not more than 100 Wh; and

Portable electronic devices


containing lithium ion
batteries exceeding a Watthour rating of 100 Wh but not
exceeding 160 Wh

Yes

Yes

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Yes

Yes

No

Page 9.1/14
010414

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

Restrictions
a)

carried by passengers or crew for personal use;

b)

no more than two individually protected spare


batteries per person;

c)

must be individually protected so as to prevent


short circuits (by placement in original retail
packaging or by otherwise insulating terminals,
e.g. by taping over exposed terminals or placing
each battery in a separate plastic bag or
protective pouch); and

d)

batteries and cells must be of a type which


meets the requirements of each test in the
UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III,
subsection 38.3.

a)

fuel cell cartridges may only contain flammable


liquids, corrosive substances, liquefied
flammable gas, water reactive substances or
hydrogen in metal hydride;

No

Spare fuel cell cartridges

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes

CU

Fuel cells used to power


portable electronic devices
(for example, cameras,
cellular phones, laptop
computers and camcorders)

No

b)

refuelling of fuel cells on board an aircraft is not


permitted except that the installation of a spare
cartridge is allowed;

c)

the maximum quantity of fuel in any fuel cell or


fuel cell cartridge must not exceed:

No

for liquids 200 mL;

20)

EN

Spare batteries for portable


electronic devices containing
lithium ion batteries exceeding
a Watt-hour rating of 100 Wh
but not exceeding 160 Wh

On the
person

Items or articles

Carry-on
baggage

Checked
baggage

Location

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

Operations Manual
Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

Eastern Airways

for solids 200 grams;

for hydrogen in metal hydride, the fuel cell


or fuel cell cartridges must have a water
capacity of 120 mL or less;
d)

each fuel cell and each fuel cell cartridge must


conform to IEC 62282-6-100 Ed. 1, including
Amendment 1, and must be marked with a
manufacturers certification that it conforms to
the specification. In addition, each fuel cell
cartridge must be marked with the maximum
quantity and type of fuel in the cartridge;

e)

fuel cell cartridges containing hydrogen in metal


hydride must comply with the requirements in
Special Provision A162;

f)

no more than two spare fuel cell cartridges may


be carried by a passenger;

g)

fuel cells containing fuel are permitted in carryon baggage only;

h)

interaction between fuel cells and integrated


batteries in a device must conform to
IEC 62282-6-100 Ed. 1 including Amendment
1. Fuel cells whose sole function is to charge a
battery in the device are not permitted;

i)

fuel cells must be of a type that will not charge


batteries when the portable electronic device is
not in use and must be durably marked by the
manufacturer: APPROVED FOR CARRIAGE
IN AIRCRAFT CABIN ONLY to so indicate;
and

j)

in addition to the languages which may be


required by the State of Origin for the markings
specified above, English should be used.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

for liquefied gases, 120 mL for nonmetallic fuel cell cartridges or 200 mL for
metal fuel cell or fuel cell cartridges; and

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/15
010414

21)

Dry ice

Yes

On the
person

Items or articles

Carry-on
baggage

Checked
baggage

Location

Yes

No

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

Operations Manual
Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

Eastern Airways

Yes

No

Restrictions
a)

no more than 2.5 kg per person;

b)

used to pack perishables that are not subject to


these Instructions;

c)

the package must permit the release of carbon


dioxide gas; and

d)

when carried in checked baggage, each package


must be marked:
DRY ICE or CARBON DIOXIDE,
SOLID; and

No

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

a)

must be carried by a representative of a


government weather bureau or similar official
agency; and

b)

must be packed in a strong outer packaging,


having a sealed inner liner or a bag of strong
leakproof and puncture-resistant material
impervious to mercury, which will prevent the
escape of mercury from the package irrespective
of its position.

A mercurial barometer or
mercurial thermometer

24)

Yes

Energy efficient light bulbs

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

No

a)

ED

Instruments containing
radioactive material (i.e.
chemical agent monitor
(CAM) and/or rapid alarm and
identification device monitor
(RAID-M))

O
LL

23)

CU

22)

EN

the net weight of dry ice or an indication


that the net weight is 2.5 kg or less.

Yes

Yes

No

No

the instruments must not exceed the activity


limits specified in Table 2-15 of these
Instructions;

b)

must be securely packed and without lithium


batteries; and

c)

must be carried by staff members of the


Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical
Weapons (OPCW) on official travel.

a)

when in retail packaging; and

b)

intended for personal or home use.

Permeation devices for


calibrating air quality
monitoring equipment

Yes

No

No

No

No

Must comply with Special Provision A41.

26)

Portable electronic equipment


containing a non-spillable
battery meeting the
requirements of Special
Provision A67

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

a)

the battery must not have a voltage greater than


12 volts and a Watt-hour rating of not greater
than 100 Wh; and

b)

the equipment must be either protected from


inadvertent activation, or the battery
disconnected and exposed terminals insulated.

a)

the battery must not have a voltage greater than


12 volts and a Watt-hour rating of not greater
than 100 Wh;

b)

the battery must be protected from short circuit


by the effective insulation of exposed terminals;
and

c)

no more than two individually protected


batteries per person.

CO

TR

25)

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Spare non-spillable batteries


meeting the requirements of
Special Provision A67

27)

Internal combustion engines


or fuel cell engines

Yes

No

No

No

No

Must comply with Special Provision A70.

28)

Non-infectious specimens

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Must comply with Special Provision A180.

29)

Insulated packagings
containing refrigerated liquid
nitrogen

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Must comply with Special Provision A152.

Security-type equipment

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/16
010414

Security-type equipment, such


as attach cases, cash boxes,
cash bags, etc., incorporating
dangerous goods as part of
this equipment, for example,
lithium batteries or
pyrotechnic material

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

Restrictions
a)

the equipment must be equipped with an


effective means of preventing accidental
activation;

b)

if the equipment contains an explosive or


pyrotechnic substance or an explosive article,
this article or substance must be excluded from
Class 1 by the appropriate national authority of
the State of Manufacture in compliance with
Part 2;1.5.2.1;

c)

if the equipment contains lithium cells or


batteries, these cells or batteries must comply
with the following restrictions:

30)

On the
person

Items or articles

Carry-on
baggage

Checked
baggage

Location

The pilot-incommand must


be informed

Operations Manual
Approval of the
operator(s)
is required

Eastern Airways

EN

for a lithium metal cell, the lithium content


is not more than 1 g;

for a lithium metal battery, the aggregate


lithium content is not more than 2 g;

CU

for lithium ion cells, the Watt-hour rating


(see the Glossary of Terms in
Attachment 2) is not more than 20 Wh;
for lithium ion batteries, the Watt-hour
rating is not more than 100 Wh;

each cell or battery is of the type proven to


meet the requirements of each test in the
UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, Part III,
subsection 38.3;

ED

d)

O
LL

only gas cartridges and receptacles, small,


containing gas with a capacity not
exceeding 50 mL, containing no
constituents subject to these Instructions
other than a Division 2.2 gas, are allowed;

TR

the release of gas must not cause extreme


annoyance or discomfort to crew members
so as to prevent the correct performance of
assigned duties; and

CO

in case of accidental activation, all


hazardous effects must be confined within
the equipment and must not produce
extreme noise; and

e)

security type equipment that is defective or that


has been damaged is forbidden for transport.

if the equipment contains gases to expel dye or


ink:

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/17
010414

Eastern Airways
9.1.6

Operations Manual

PROVISION OF INFORMATION TO PASSENGERS

[CAT.GEN.MPA.200(f)]

Eastern Airways will ensure that information as to the types of Dangerous


Goods which a passenger is forbidden from transporting aboard an aircraft is
provided to the passengers prior to the Check-in process via the Eastern
Airways Conditions of Carriage section of the website.
Handling personnel are to be in possession of a company issued Passenger
Information Guide of those accepted dangerous goods passengers or crew
can carry in accordance with 9.1.5 above.

CU

EN

Eastern airways will also ensure that information on the types of dangerous
goods which a passenger is forbidden to transport aboard an aircraft is
provided at the point of ticket purchase. Information provided via the
Internet may be in text or pictorial form but must be such that the ticket
purchase cannot be completed until the passenger, or a person acting on their
behalf, has indicated that they have understood the restrictions on dangerous
goods in baggage.

ED

Eastern Airways will ensure either directly or through its handling agent that
warning notices as to the types of Dangerous Goods which are forbidden for
transport aboard an aircraft are prominently displayed in sufficient number at
an airport where tickets are issued, passengers checked in, aircraft boarding
areas and in baggage claim areas. These notices must include visual examples
of dangerous goods forbidden from transport aboard an aircraft.

O
LL

Eastern Airways will ensure either directly or through its handling agent that
there are sufficient notices prominently displayed, at cargo acceptance points,
giving information about The transport of Dangerous Goods.

MARKING AND LABELLING OF PACKAGES

CO

9.1.7

TR

Eastern Airways has no automated or on-line check in facility at present.

Articles and substances meeting the dangerous goods classification criteria


are assigned a UN Number under the United Nations classification system.
This consists a four digit number preceded by the capital letters UN. Packages
of dangerous goods must be marked with the UN Number(s) applicable to
their contents.
Packages containing dangerous goods can also be identified by labels
indicating the hazard of the goods by their class or division or by the presence
of certain handling labels/markings.
NOTE:
When dangerous goods markings or labels are seen on items not
declared as dangerous goods, it is often an indication that they do contain
such goods. Undeclared dangerous goods must not be loaded on an aircraft
and reporting procedures must be implemented. (see Section 9.9)

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/18
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

CLASS 1 EXPLOSIVE
Class 1 (without exploding bomb symbol) - explosives usually
permitted on an aircraft.

1.6

**
1

**
1

**
1

** Compatibility group

CU

* Division and
compatibility group

1.5

*
1

1.4

EN

Class 1 (with exploding


bomb symbol) explosives generally not
permitted on an aircraft.

Non-flammable, non-toxic gas,


(Division 2.2)

Toxic gas, (Division 2.3)

TR

O
LL

ED

Flammable gas
(Division 2.1)

CLASS 2 GASES

CO

CLASS 3 FLAMMABLE LIQUID

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/19
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

CLASS 4 FLAMMABLE SOLIDS


Substance liable to
spontaneous combustion,
Division 4.2

Substance which, in contact


with water, emits
flammable gas, Division 4.3

EN

Flammable solid, Division


4.1

CU

CLASS 5 OXIDISING SUBSTANCES & ORGANIC PEROXIDES


Organic peroxide, Division 5.2 (flame may be black or
white)

O
LL

ED

Oxidising substance
Division 5.1

5.1

5.2

CO

TR

5.2

CLASS 6 TOXIC AND INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCES


Toxic substance, Division
6.1

Infectious substance, Division 6.2


The bottom part of the
label should bear the
inscription:

6
6

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCE
In case of damage or
leakage immediately notify
public health authority

Page 9.1/20
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

CLASS 7 RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL


Category I

Category II

Category III

RADIOACTIVE

RADIOACTIVE II

RADIOACTIVE

CONTENTS......................
ACTIVITY.......................

CONTENTS.......................
ACTIVITY........................

CONTENTS......................
ACTIVITY.......................

TRANSPORT INDEX

TRANSPORT INDEX

EN

Criticality safety index label

Radioactive Material, Excepted Package


5
m
m

CU

This package contains radioactive material, excepted package and


is in all respects in compliance with the applicable international and
national governmental regulations.

FISSILE

IM
SI
EN
IM
D m
M m
U 100

IN

CO

TR

O
LL

CLASS 8 CORROSIVE

ED

N
O

N
O
SI
EN
IM
D m
M m
U 100
IM

IN
M

CRITICALITY
SAFETY INDEX

*8

CLASS 9 MISCELLANEOUS

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/21
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

HANDLING LABELS
Packages of dangerous goods may also bear labels providing handling
information; these are:
Cargo aircraft only

Package orientation

Keep away from heat

O
LL

ED

Cryogenic liquid label

CU

EN

Magnetized material

CO

CRYOGENIC LIQUID

TR

CONTAINS

(red or black)

Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBCs) are only permitted for the transport
of UN 3077 Enviromentally hazardous substance solid n.o.s.

The Maximum permitted stacking load applicable when the IBC is in use must
be displayed on a symbol as follows:

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/22
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

IBCs capable of being


stacked

IBCs NOT capable of being stacked

Application of the lithium battery handling label to a


consignment of lithium batteries (of any type)
indicates that the Shipper has determined specific
requirements have been met. Such consignments
do not need to be accompanied by a dangerous
goods transport document (Shippers Declaration)
and no acceptance check is required. Consignments
bearing the lithium battery label must be
accompanied with a document such as an air waybill
with an indication that:
- the package contains lithium metal cells or
batteries;
- the package must be handled with care and that
a flammability hazard exists if the package is
damaged;
- special procedures should be followed in the
event the package is damaged, to include
inspection and repacking if necessary; and a
telephone number for additional information.
- When an airway bill is issued the applicable
packing instruction must be stated together with
the words not restricted; and lithium ion
batteries or lithium metal batteries as
applicable

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Lithium Battery Handling Label

LIMITED QUANTITIES
MARKING

Many dangerous goods when in reasonably limited


quantities present a reduced hazard during
transport and can safely be carried in good quality
packagings that have not been tested and marked
as is required for UN specification packagings
required for larger quantities of Dangerous Goods.
Packagings containing limited quantities of
Dangerous Goods must be marked with a diamond
shaped mark. When presented for carriage by air,
the mark must additionally include a Y which
indicates compliance with the provisions of the ICAO
Technical instructions, some of which are more
stringent than those of the UN Model Regulations
and of other modes of transport.
NOTE The marking depicted here but without
the Y indicates that the package contains
Dangerous Goods in limited quantities as

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/23
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual
permitted by surface transport regulations
(ADR/IMDG) which may not be acceptable for
air transport. A package so marked and
offered for transport in the absence of a
Dangerous Goods Transport Document must
be reported to the appropriate authority where
the goods are discovered as a discovery of
undeclared dangerous goods (the CAA if
discovered within the UK)

EXCEPTED QUANTITIES LABEL/MARKING

EN

Packages containing excepted quantities of dangerous goods can be identified


from the following

Hatching and symbol of the same colour, black or red, on


white or suitable contrasting background.

CU

* Place for class or, when assigned, the division number(s).

** Place for name of shipper or consignee, if not shown


elsewhere on the package.

TR

O
LL

ED

CO

ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES MARKING

Packages containing evironmentally hazardous substances (UN


Nos. 3077 and 3082) must be durably marked with the
environmentally hazardous substance mark with the exception of
single packagings and combination packagings containing inner
packagings with contents of 5 L or less for liquids; or contents of
5 kg or less for solids. All packages containing environmentally
hazardous substances must bear a class 9 hazard label

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.1/24
010414

Eastern Airways
9.2

Operations Manual

DUTIES OF ALL PERSONNEL INVOLVED

9.2.1

DETAILED ASSIGNMENTS OF RESPONSIBILITIES

[CAT.GEN.MPA.200(d)]

Reservations

N
U

CO

TR

Eastern Airways
Maintenance Stores
Aircraft spares only

EN

Arrangement of the carriage of dangerous goods only in


accordance with the operators stated policies.
Recognition of undeclared dangerous goods.
Recognition of undeclared dangerous goods.
Dealing with dangerous goods that are found damaged or
leaking during processing for transport.
If there is a dangerous goods incident or accident, or if
undeclared dangerous goods are detected a report is made
to the appropriate Authority (see IATA DGR para 9.6)(OMA1 section 9.9)
Acceptance procedures for dangerous goods are carried
out as required by the Regulations.
Inspection procedures during the processing of dangerous
goods for transport are carried out as required by the
Regulations.
Dealing with dangerous goods that are found damaged or
leaking during processing for transport.
DG cargo will not be prepared or documented by stores
personnel. This responsibility is contracted to the
appointed third party freight forwarder.
Retention of documentation on the ground.
Recognition of undeclared dangerous goods.
If there is a dangerous goods incident or accident, or if
undeclared dangerous goods are detected a report is made
to the appropriate Authority (see IATA DGR para 9.6)(OMA1 section 9.9)
Ensuring that information is provided with the passenger
ticket or in another manner such that prior to or during the
check-in process the passenger receives the information.
Considering passenger requests for approval of the
operator for items of dangerous goods requiring such
approval.

O
LL

CU

Persons receiving or
handling general cargo,
mail and stores

Oversight and control of the carriage of dangerous goods.


Ensuring all necessary permissions, approvals and
exemptions are held.
Generation (or acceptance) of relevant procedures.
Responding to queries regarding the carriage of dangerous
goods.

Cargo Department/
Cargo Sales Agents

ED

Person Nominated as
Responsible for
Operators Dangerous
goods Approval

Eastern Airways assigns key responsibilities associated with the carriage of


dangerous goods. Acceptance checks of consignments of dangerous goods
cargo are conducted by suitably trained ground staff of Eastern Airways or the
appointed Ground Handling Agent. The Eastern Airways Ground Handling
Manual
in
conjunction
with
the
appropriate
Ground
Handling
Contracts/Service Level agreements will indicate the appropriate responsible
persons and areas. Duties associated with the carriage of dangerous goods
include:

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.2/1
171114

Eastern Airways
Persons handling
passengers

Operations Manual

TR

If there is an aircraft incident or accident, information is


passed to emergency services and state Authorities as
required by the Regulations (see 11.10.)
If there is a dangerous goods incident or accident, or if
undeclared dangerous goods are detected a report is made
to the appropriate Authority (see IATA DGR para 9.6)(OMA1 section 9.9)

O
LL

Operations Personnel

ED

Ensuring that the provisions concerning passengers and


dangerous goods are complied with.
Responding to a dangerous goods incident or accident in
the cabin.
Ensuring that a dangerous goods incident or accident in
the cabin, or the discovery of prohibited dangerous goods
(after a passenger has boarded) is reported to the
appropriate Authority (see IATA DGR para 9.6))(OM-A1
section 9.9)

CU

Cabin Crew

EN

Ensuring that the provisions concerning passengers and


dangerous goods are complied with.
Ensuring that notices are displayed in sufficient number
and prominence at each of the places at an airport where
tickets are issued, passengers checked in and aircraft
boarding areas maintained, and at any other location
where passengers are checked in.
With the aim of preventing dangerous goods which
passengers are not permitted to have from being taken on
board an aircraft in their baggage, seeking confirmation
from a passenger about the contents of any item where
there are suspicions that it may contain dangerous goods.
Ensuring that the discovery of prohibited dangerous goods
(after a passenger has checked in) is reported to the
appropriate Authority (see IATA DGR para 9.6)(OM-A1
section 9.9)

Signature of NOTOC to indicate receipt of information.


If an in-flight emergency occurs, as soon as the situation
permits, passage of details of dangerous goods on board
to the appropriate Air Traffic Services Unit.

Provision of initial and recurrent dangerous goods training


commensurate with the responsibilities of the personnel
concerned.

Quality Compliance
Monitoring Auditors

Compliance Monitoring System to monitor compliance with


procedures for dangerous goods, provision of dangerous
goods training, etc.

Flight Safety Officer

Collation and assessment of details of dangerous goods


incidents, accidents and the discovery of undeclared
dangerous goods within the accident prevention and flight
safety programme.

Trainers

CO

Flight Crew

Eastern Airways contracts a ground handling agent to carry out some or all of
the procedures for processing dangerous goods cargo for air transport. The
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.2/2
171114

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

ground handling agent is provided with sufficient information to enable these


procedures to be actioned. They will be supplied with a Copy of Eastern
Airways Dangerous Goods Requirements as included in the Ground Operations
Manual. Eastern Airways utilises suitably qualified personnel of either Eastern
Airways or of a ground handling agent at the various aerodromes of the
operation.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Eastern Airways Maintenance Stores Department at Humberside has created


its own internal procedures concerning the carriage of Dangerous
Goods/Radioactive, including Storage requirements.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.2/3
171114

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

9.3 GUIDANCE ON THE REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCEPTANCE,


HANDLING AND STOWAGE OF DANGEROUS GOODS CARGO
[SPA.DG.105]

9.3.1

ACCEPTANCE CHECKS

Eastern Airways must not accept for transport aboard an aircraft a package or
overpack containing dangerous goods or a freight container containing
radioactive material or a unit load device or other type of pallet containing
dangerous goods, unless Eastern or appointed Ground Handling Agent has, by
use of a checklist (refer appendices A and B), verified the following:
the documentation or, when provided, the electronic data, is compliant
with the applicable requirements

b)

the quantity of dangerous goods stated on the dangerous goods


transport document is within the limits per package on a passenger or
cargo aircraft as appropriate;

c)

the marking of the package, overpack or freight container accords with


the details stated on the accompanying dangerous goods transport
document and are clearly visible;

d)

where required, the letter in the packaging specification marking


designating the packing group for which the design type has been
successfully tested is appropriate for the dangerous goods contained
within. This does not apply to overpacks where the specification marking
is not visible;

e)

proper shipping names, UN numbers, labels, and special handling


instructions appearing on the interior package(s) are clearly visible or
reproduced on the outside of an overpack;

f)

the labelling of the package, overpack or freight container is as required


for the consignment

g)

the outer packaging of a combination package or the single packaging is


permitted by the applicable packing instruction, and when visible is of
the type stated on the accompanying dangerous goods transport
document and is permitted by the applicable packing instruction;

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

a)

h)

the package or overpack does not contain different dangerous goods


which require segregation from each other;

i)

the package, overpack, freight container or unit load device is not


leaking and there is no indication that its integrity has been
compromised;

j)

an overpack does not contain packages bearing the Cargo aircraft only
label unless:
1)

the packages are assembled in such a way that clear visibility and
easy access to them is possible; or

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.3/1
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

2)

the packages are not required to be accessible or

3)

not more than one package is involved;

NOTE 1:
An acceptance check is not required for dangerous goods in
excepted quantities and radioactive material in excepted packages and
lithium batteries consigned in accordance with Section II of the applicable
packing instruction.

INSPECTIONS FOR DAMAGE OR LEAKAGE [SPA.DG.105]

9.3.2

EN

NOTE 2:
Persons conducting dangerous goods acceptance checks must
have received dangerous goods training commensurate with this
responsibility. Acceptance checks conducted in the United Kingdom must
only be conducted by a person who has successfully completed training
applicable to this role from a CAA Approved Dangerous Goods Training
Organisation.

ED

CU

A package or overpack containing dangerous goods must not be loaded onto


an aircraft or into a unit load device unless it has been inspected immediately
prior to loading and found free from evidence of leakage or damage. A unit
load device must not be loaded aboard an aircraft unless the device has been
inspected and found free from any evidence of leakage from or damage to
any dangerous goods contained therein. Packages or overpacks containing
dangerous goods must be inspected for signs of damage or leakage upon
unloading from the aircraft or unit load device.

O
LL

9.3.3 PROHIBITION ON THE CARRIAGE OF DANGEROUS GOODS


WITHIN A CABIN OCCUPIED BY PASSENGERS [SPA.DG.105]

TR

Dangerous goods must not be carried in the cabin of an aircraft occupied by


passengers or on the flight deck, except as provided for in the IATA
Dangerous Goods Regulations

CO

9.3.4 PROHIBITION ON THE CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS WITH


CARGO AIRCRAFT ONLY DANGEROUS GOODS [SPA.DG.105]

Dangerous goods identified as suitable for transport only on a cargo aircraft


must not be carried on an aircraft on which passengers are being carried. In
this context "passenger" excludes a crew member, an operator's employee
(see 9.1.4 above), an authorised representative of an Authority and a person
with duties in respect of a particular shipment of dangerous goods or other
cargo on board.
9.3.5

SEGREGATION AND SEPARATION [SPA.DG.105]

Dangerous goods must be loaded, stowed and secured on an aircraft as


required by the IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations.
This includes
segregating packages from each other when they contain incompatible
dangerous goods, the separation of explosives of different division numbers
and compatibility groups (when required) securing packages in a manner that
will prevent any
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.3/2
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

movement, and on a cargo aircraft, loading certain packages so they are


accessible in flight unless loaded in a Class C cargo compartment, or a ULD of
the same specification. Packages of dangerous goods must also be protected
so they cannot be damaged by the movement of baggage, mail, stores or
other cargo.
SEGREGATION OF INCOMPATIBLE DANGEROUS GOODS

CU

EN

Incompatible dangerous goods are packages which might react dangerously


with each other must not be stowed on an aircraft next to each other in a
position that would allow interaction between them in the event of leakage.
Thus a package containing class 3 Dangerous Goods may not be stowed next
to or in contact with a package containing Division 5.1 Dangerous Goods.
Packages containing dangerous goods with multiple hazards in the class or
divisions which require segregation in accordance with the below table need
not be segregated from other packages bearing the same UN Number The
Following Table shows the class which must be segregated from each other,
these being indicated by an X. The N is a special note; refer to Technical
Manual 9.3.

NOTE 1:
See the table below detailing the separation of explosives
substances and articles. Only division 1.4S is permitted for carriage on
passenger aircraft.

O
LL

ED

NOTE 2: This class or division must not be stowed together with explosives
other than those in division 1.4 compatibility group S

CO

TR

NOTE 3: Substances of class 6 (toxic and category A infectious substances)


and substances requiring a subsidiary risk Toxic label must not be carried
in the same compartment of an aircraft with animals, substances marked as
or known to be foodstuffs, feeds or other edible substances intended for
consumption by humans or by animals unless either the toxic or category A
infectious substances and the foodstuffs or animals are loaded in separate
unit load devices and then stowed aboard the aircraft the unit load devices
are not adjacent to each other, or the toxic or category A infectious
substances are loaded in one closed unit load device and the foodstuffs or
animals are loaded in another closed unit load device
CLASS

1 excl 1.4S
1.4S
2
3
4.2
4.3
5.1
5.2
8

1 excl
1.4S

Note 1
Note 2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

1.4S

4.2

4.3

5.1

5.2

Note
2

X
X
X

IATA TABLE 9.3.A


GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.3/3
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

Incompatibility with Non Dangerous Goods


Some Dangerous Goods may also be incompatible with some types of non
dangerous cargo. The details are below with (X) indicating incompatibility.
6

AVI

EAT

X
X
X
X

X
X

FIL

HEG

HUM

ICE

X
X

X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

X
X

2.2

X
X

EN

Class or Division
2.2
6
7
AVI(Live Animals)
EAT(Foodstuff|)
FIL(Undeveloped Films)
HEG(Hatching eggs)
HUM(Human Remains)
ICE(Dry Ice)

CU

An X at the intersection of a row and column indicates that packages containing these classes
of dangerous goods may not be stowed next to or in contact with each other, or in a position
which would allow interaction in the event of leakage of the contents. Thus a package
containing Class 3 dangerous goods may not be stowed next to or in contact with a package
containing Division 5.1 dangerous goods. Packages containing dangerous goods with multiple
hazards in the class or divisions which require segregation in accordance with the above table
need not be segregated from other packages bearing the same UN number.

ED

Securing of Dangerous Cargo

Loading Of Dry Ice [SPA.DG.105]

TR

9.3.6

O
LL

All Eastern Airways Saab 2000 and specified J41 aircraft have adequate
securing devices to ensure that the dangerous goods will not move during
flight. Should it be necessary, additional means of securing the dangerous
goods will be used. (refer section 9.1.1).

CO

Dry ice (Carbon dioxide, solid; UN1845) may be carried onboard aircraft to
keep food (galley or cargo) and medicine or biological materials (as cargo) in
a frozen or chilled condition. Carbon dioxide gas produced by the sublimation
of dry ice is an asphyxiant and will reduce the amount of available oxygen to
breathe. Dry ice sublimation producing excess CO2 gas may be dangerous in
confined spaces where there is an absence of ventilation or ventilation rates
are low. The signs and symptoms of CO2 poisoning are similar to those that
precede lack of oxygen, namely headache, dizziness, muscular weakness,
drowsiness, and ringing in the ears. CO2 poisoning does have a greater effect
on breathing than simple lack of oxygen, causing a significant increase in the
rate and depth of breathing as an early symptom. 10% carbon dioxide in air
can be endured for only a few minutes whereas 12% to 15% would cause
unconsciousness.
GROUND STAFF MUST BE INFORMED THAT DRY ICE IS BEING LOADED
OR IS ON BOARD THE AIRCRAFT

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.3/4
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

Limitations
Maximum available quantity per passenger is 2.5 Kg
Saab 2000

254.07kgs

Rear Hold

Jetstream 41

164.60kgs

Rear Hold

EMB-135
432.81kgs Rear Hold
EMB-145..505.86kgs Rear Hold

Loading Of Magnetized Material

EN

9.3.7

Non Ventilated Holds


The appropriate hold door must be open for at least 5 minutes prior to
unloading.

[SPA.DG.105]

CU

Packing Instruction 953 allows the carriage of such material when the
magnetic field strength at a distance of 4.6 m causes a compass deflection of
not more than 2 degrees equivelant to 0.418 A/m or 0.00525 Gauss
measured at a distance of 4.6m. Material with a magnetic field strength
exceeding these limits may only be carried with the prior approval of the state
of Origin and the state of the operator

O
LL

ED

Magnetized materials must be loaded so headings of aircraft compasses are


maintained within the tolerances prescribed by the applicable aircraft
airworthiness requirements and where practicable, in locations minimising
possible effects on compasses.

CO

TR

NOTE 1: As packages of magnetised material may exhibit the maximum


permitted field strength (requiring segregation of 4.6 m between loading
locations and direct-reading magnetic compasses or master compass
detector units), operators must determine suitable loading positions for
such packages and multiples thereof. In the absence of data regarding the
cumulative effects of packages of magnetized material, operators should
specify that magnetized material be loaded within a nominated hold which
is at least 4.6 m from direct-reading magnetic compasses or master
compass detector units and establish a limit of one package of magnetized
material per aircraft. Alternatively, a special minimum stowage distance
check must be made on each occasion magnetised material is to be
transported e.g. through checking compass bearing before and after loading
to ensure readings are not affected.
Note 2: Masses of ferromagnetic metals such as automobiles, automobile
parts, metal fencing, piping and metal construction material, even if not
meeting the definition of magnetized materials may be subject to the
operators special stowage requirements since they may affect aircraft
instruments, particularly the compasses. Additionally, packages or items of
material which individually do not meet the definition of magnetized
material, but cumulatively may have a magnetic field strength of a
magnetised material.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.3/5
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

NOTE 3:
Eastern Airways will consider whether consignments of large
quantities of ferromagnetic metals should be stowed as if they were
classified as magnetized material.

Eastern Airways will ensure that all Magnetised Material and Ferromagnetic
Metals must be approved for carriage by the Dangerous Goods Manager or his
deputy. All appointed Cargo Agents will be made aware of the requirements
by the Dangerous Goods Manager or his deputy in conjunction with Ground
Handling Manual and Ground Handling Contract/Service Level Agreement.

9.3.8

Loading Of Radioactive Material [SPA.DG.105]

9.3.9

CU

Eastern Airways will not carry radioactive materials

EN

Once approval has been given by Eastern Airways, appropriate loading


procedures will be given so as to ensure that the aircraft instruments will not
be effected..

Notification to Captain (NOTOC) [AMC SPA.DG.110(a)]

ED

The operator of an aircraft in which dangerous goods are to be carried must


provide the pilot-in-command, as early as practicable before departure of the
aircraft but in no case later than when the aircraft moves under its own
power, with accurate and legible written or printed information concerning
dangerous goods that are to be carried as cargo.

O
LL

NOTE:
This includes information about dangerous goods loaded at a
previous departure point and which are to be carried on the subsequent
flight.

TR

This information must include the following:


the air waybill number (when issued);

b)

the proper shipping name (supplemented with the technical name(s) if


appropriate

c)

the class or division, and subsidiary risk(s) corresponding to the


subsidiary risk label(s) applied, by numerals, and in the case of Class 1,
the compatibility group;

d)

the packing group shown on the dangerous goods transport document;

e)

the number of packages and their exact loading location. If applicable,


for radioactive material see (g) below;

f)

the net quantity, or gross mass if applicable, of each package, except


that this does not apply to radioactive material or other dangerous
goods where the net quantity or gross mass is not required on the
dangerous goods transport document. For a consignment consisting of
multiple packages containing dangerous goods bearing the same proper
shipping name and UN number, only the total quantity and an indication

CO

a)

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.3/6
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

of the quantity of the largest and smallest package at each loading


location need to be provided;
if applicable, for radioactive material the number of packages,
overpacks or freight containers, their category, their transport index (if
applicable) and their exact loading location;

h)

whether the package must be carried on cargo aircraft only;

i)

the aerodrome at which the package(s) is to be unloaded; and

j)

where applicable, an indication that the dangerous goods are being


carried under a State exemption.

K)

Signed confirmation, or some other indication, from the person


responsible for loading the aircraft that there was no evidence of any
damage to or leakage from the packages or any leakage from the unit
load devices loaded on the aircraft.

EN

g)

CU

NOTE: For UN 1845 Carbon dioxide, solid (dry ice), only the UN number,
proper shipping name, class, total quantity in each hold on the aircraft and
the aerodrome at which the package(s) is to be unloaded need to be
provided.

O
LL

ED

The telephone number where a copy of the information to the pilot-incommand can be obtained during the flight is additionally required on
the NOTOC should it be intended to make it possible for the pilot-incommand to provide the appropriate Air Traffic Services Unit with a
telephone number instead of details about the dangerous goods on
board the aircraft in the event of an in-flight emergency.

TR

The following dangerous goods need not appear on the NOTOC:


Dangerous goods packed in excepted quantities

Biological substance, Category B

Genetically modified micro-organisms

CO

Genetically modified organisms

Lithium ion batteries (including lithium ion polymer batteries);


Lithium ion batteries contained in equipment; and Lithium ion
batteries packed with equipment when meeting the Section II
requirements of the applicable Packing Instruction.

Lithium metal batteries (including lithium alloy batteries), Lithium


metal batteries contained in equipment, and Lithium metal batteries
packed with equipment when meeting the Section II requirements of
the applicable Packing Instruction.

Magnetized material

Radioactive material, excepted package (UN 2908, UN 2909, UN


2910, UN 2911 or UN 3090)

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.3/7
010414

Eastern airways
9.3.10

Operations Manual

Availability of NOTOC on the ground for the duration of flight

[SPA.DG.110]

A legible copy of the NOTOC must be retained by the departure stations


ground handling agent . A copy must have an indication on it, or with it, that
the pilot-in-command has received the information.
A copy, of the
information contained in it, must be readily accessible to flight operations
officer, flight dispatcher, or designated ground personnel responsible for flight
operations, until after the arrival of the flight. If the freight shed closes before
completion of the flight all documentation must be faxed/emailed to Eastern
Ops. This is to facilitate notifying emergency services and authorities of the
dangerous goods on board in the event of an aircraft accident or incident

EN

A second copy of the NOTOC is handed to the Commander of the aircraft


carrying the Dangerous Goods, for his information and retention. This copy
will be filed in the post-flight documentation envelope upon completion of the
flight. The post flight documentation envelope is retained for 6 months.

CU

In addition details of the shipment are to be forwarded to the arrival stations


Ground Handling Agent by Fax prior to the departure of the flight.

TR

O
LL

ED

A legible copy of the NOTOC must be retained by the departure stations


ground handling agent . This copy must have an indication on it, or with it,
that the pilot-in-command has received the information. This copy, or the
information contained in it, must be readily accessible to the aerodromes of
last departure and next scheduled arrival point, until after the flight to which
the information refers. If the freight shed closes before completion of the
flight all documentation must be faxed/emailed to Eastern Ops. This is to
facilitate notifying emergency services and authorities of the dangerous goods
on board in the event of an aircraft accident or incident . In addition details
of the shipment are to be forwarded to the arrival stations Ground Handling
Agent by Fax prior to the departure of the flight.

CO

NOTE: A copy of the NOTOC handed to the commander of the aircraft


carrying the dangerous goods should be faxed to company operations prior
to the aircraft departing.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.3/8
010414

Eastern airways
9.3.11

Operations Manual

Retention of Documents [ORO.MLR.115(b)(4)] [SPA.DG.110(f)]

EN

At least one copy of the documents appropriate to the transport by air


(including consignments that fail their acceptance check) of a consignment of
dangerous goods must be retained for a minimum period of three months, or
such other period as specified by the States concerned, after the flight on
which the dangerous goods were transported, by the Departure stations
Ground Handling Agent. As a minimum, the documents which must be
retained are the dangerous goods transport document (shippers declaration),
the acceptance checklist and the NOTOC (if the goods were carried). See also
9.3.10 above. These documents are to be retained for a minimum of 3
months. (refer also section 2.3.3(4)
9.3.12

Charter and schedule flights [CAT.GEN.MPA.200(a)]

CU

Charter and schedule requests (non ABZ-SCS/LSI-ABZ) are not permitted


without prior and written approval of the Dangerous Goods Manager or
Deputy.

TR

O
LL

ED

Should Eastern Airways undertake charters and schedules involving the


carriage of dangerous goods between stations where ongoing ground handling
agreements are not in place, Eastern must ensure that necessary duties are
properly assigned to the agent(s) concerned in advance of the operation of
flights. Furthermore, should the agent at the station of departure not operate
24 hours a day, it must also be ensured that a copy of the NOTOC is readily
available on the ground in the event of an emergency, e.g. by instructing the
agent to fax or email a copy of the completed NOTOC to Eastern Airways
Operations (fax 08450 527695) as soon as possible ensuring the signature by
the pilot-in-command has been obtained. Procedures for assigning such
duties to agents (such as via the issue of ad-hoc ground handling requests)
have been established.
Dangerous GoodsAircraft Spares etc

CO

9.3.13

There are many aircraft spares and components which when correctly
installed in accordance with the aircrafts airworthiness certifications do not
present a hazard to the aircraft or its occupants, however this does not apply
when these items are removed from the aircraft. Examples are Chemical
oxygen generators, fire extinguishers, power cartridges engines, fuel pumps.
When such goods are required to be sent by air, appropriate DG Regulations
apply.
9.3.14

Chemical Oxygen Generators

Carriage is prohibited on passenger aircraft including Oxygen Generators,


Passenger Service Units and Portable Breathing Equipment.
NOTE: there is an exception concerning AOG Spares, Special Provision 144
refers to the carriage of PBEs only.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.3/9
010414

Eastern airways
9.4

Operations Manual

Recognition Of Undeclared Dangerous Goods [CAT.GEN.MPA.200(e)]

9.4.1

Hidden Dangerous Goods

Personnel must be alert to indications that undeclared dangerous goods are


present within cargo, mail or stores. Personnel interfacing with passengers
must be alert to indications that prohibited dangerous goods are carried by
passengers of within their baggage.
The following is a list of general
descriptions that are often used for items in cargo or in passengers baggage
and the types of dangerous goods that may be included in any item bearing
that description.

EN

aircraft on ground (AOG) spares may contain explosives flares or other


pyrotechnics), chemical oxygen generators, unserviceable tire assemblies, cylinders
of compressed gas (oxygen, carbon dioxide or fire extinguishers), fuel in equipment,
wet or lithium batteries, matches

CU

automobile parts (car, motor, motorcycle) may include engines, carburettors


or fuel tanks that contain or have contained fuel, wet batteries, compressed gases in
tire inflation devices and fire extinguishers, air bags, etc.

breathing apparatus may indicate cylinders of compressed air or oxygen,


chemical oxygen generators or refrigerated liquefied oxygen

ED

Camping equipment may contain flammable gases (butane, propane, etc.),


flammable liquids (kerosene, gasoline, etc.) or flammable solids (hexamine, matches,
etc.)

O
LL

cars, car parts see automobile parts, etc.

TR

Chemicals may contain items meeting any of the criteria for dangerous goods,
particularly flammable liquids, flammable solids, oxidizers, organic peroxides, toxic or
corrosive substances

consolidated consignments (groupages) may contain any of the defined


classes of dangerous goods

CO

cryogenic (liquid) indicates refrigerated liquefied gases such as argon, helium,


neon, nitrogen, etc.

cylinders may contain compressed or liquefied gas

dental apparatus may contain flammable resins or solvents, compressed or


liquefied gas, mercury and radioactive material
diagnostic specimens may contain infectious substances
diving equipment may contain cylinders of compressed gas (e.g. air or oxygen).
May also contain high intensity diving lamps that can generate extreme heat when
operated in air. In order to be carried safely, the bulb or battery should be
disconnected
drilling and mining equipment may contain explosive(s) and/or other
dangerous goods

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.4/1
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

dry shipper (vapour shipper) may contain free liquid nitrogen. Dry shippers
are only not subject to these Regulations when they do not permit the release of any
free liquid nitrogen irrespective of the orientation of the packaging
electrical equipment may contain magnetized materials, mercury in switch gear,
electron tubes or wet batteries
electrically powered apparatus (wheelchairs, lawn mowers, golf carts, etc.)
may contain wet batteries
expeditionary equipment may contain explosives (flares), flammable liquids
(gasoline), flammable gas (camping gas) or other dangerous goods

EN

film crew and media equipment may contain explosive pyrotechnic devices,
generators incorporating internal combustion engines, wet batteries, fuel, heatproducing items, etc.
frozen embryos may be packed in refrigerated liquefied gas or dry ice

CU

fuel control units may contain flammable liquids

frozen fruit, vegetables, etc. may be packed in dry ice (solid carbon dioxide)

hot-air balloon may contain cylinders with flammable gas, fire extinguishers,
engines internal combustion, batteries, etc.

ED

household goods may contain items meeting any of the criteria for dangerous
goods. Examples include flammable liquidssuch as solvent-based paint, adhesives,
polishes, aerosols (for passengers, those not permitted under IATA DGR 2.3A),
bleach, corrosive oven or drain cleaners, ammunition, matches, etc.

O
LL

instruments may conceal barometers, manometers, mercury switches, rectifier


tubes, thermometers, etc. containing mercury

TR

laboratory/testing equipment may contain items meeting any of the criteria


for dangerous goods, particularly flammable liquids, flammable solids, oxidizers,
organic peroxides, toxic or corrosive substances

CO

machinery parts may contain flammable adhesives, paints, sealants and


solvents, wet and lithium batteries, mercury, cylinders of compressed or liquefied
gas, etc.

magnets and other items of similar material may individually or cumulatively


meet the definition of magnetized material
medical supplies may contain items meeting any of the criteria for dangerous
goods, particularly flammable liquids, flammable solids, oxidizers, organic peroxides,
toxic or corrosive substances
metal construction material may contain ferro-magnetic material which may be
subject to special stowage requirements due to the possibility of affecting aircraft
instruments
metal fencing may contain ferro-magnetic material which may be subject to
special stowage requirements due to the possibility of affecting aircraft instruments
metal piping may contain ferro-magnetic material which may be subject to
special stowage requirements due to the possibility of affecting aircraft instruments.
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.4/2
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

passengers baggage may contain items meeting any of the criteria for
dangerous goods. Examples include fireworks, flammable household liquids,
corrosive oven or drain cleaners, flammable gas or liquid lighter refills or camping
stove cylinders, matches, ammunition, bleach, aerosols not permitted (toxic, etc).
pharmaceuticals may contain items meeting any of the criteria for dangerous
goods, particularly radioactive material flammable liquids, flammable solids,
oxidizers, organic peroxides, toxic or corrosive substances
photographic supplies may contain items meeting any of the criteria for
dangerous goods, particularly heat-producing devices, flammable liquids,

flammable solids, oxidizers, organic peroxides, toxic or corrosive substances

EN

racing car or motorcycle team equipment may contain engines, carburettors


or fuel tanks that contain fuel or residual fuel, wet batteries, flammable aerosols,
nitromethane or other gasoline additives, cylinders of compressed gases, etc

refrigerators may contain liquefied gases or an ammonia solution

CU

repair kits may contain organic peroxides and flammable adhesives, solventbased paints, resins, etc.

samples for testing may contain items meeting any of the criteria for dangerous
goods, particularly infectious substances, flammable liquids, flammable solids,
oxidizers, organic peroxides, toxic or corrosive substances

ED

semen may be packed with dry ice or refrigerated liquefied gas (see also dry
shipper)

O
LL

swimming pool chemicals may contain oxidizing or corrosive substances


switches in electrical equipment or instruments may contain mercury

TR

tool boxes may contain explosives (power rivets), compressed gases or aerosols,
flammable gases (Butane cylinders or torches), flammable adhesives or paints,
corrosive liquids, etc.

CO

torches micro torches and utility lighters may contain flammable gas and be
equipped with an electronic starter. Larger torches may consist of a torch head (often
with a selfigniting switch) attached to a container or cylinder of flammable gas.

unaccompanied passengers baggage/personal effects may contain items


meeting any of the criteria for dangerous goods. Examples include fireworks,
flammable household liquids, corrosive oven or drain cleaners, flammable gas or
liquid lighter refills or camping stove cylinders, matches, bleach, aerosols, etc.
vaccines may be packed in dry ice (solid carbon dioxide).

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.4/3
010414

Eastern airways
9.4.1.1

Operations Manual

Identification of Dangerous Goods through X-Ray Screening

EN

Persons conducting security screening of cargo should be alert to the


presence of dangerous goods within packages that are not marked and
labelled as dangerous goods and/or not accompanied by a shippers
declaration. In particular, items such as aerosols, ammunition, gas cylinders
(camping gas, cylinders attached to life-jackets, etc.), cigarette lighters and
wet acid batteries can be readily identified from x-ray images. Information
provided on an air waybill or marked on a package often indicates that a
consignment contains no dangerous goods.
In the absence of such
annotation by the shipper, should suspicions be raised by the size and shape
of the contents of a package, consideration should be given to opening and
hand-searching the consignment to verify that no undeclared dangerous
goods are present.

CU

Consignments of dangerous goods that have been properly marked, labelled


and declared to the operator (where approved for carriage) are commonly
processed separately from general freight. Should consignments bearing UN
numbers, proper shipping names or hazard labels be discovered within
general freight, when separate arrangements exist, this should be queried. It
may be that no shippers declaration accompanies the consignment; as such
the consignment of dangerous goods would be considered undeclared.

9.4.1.2

O
LL

ED

NOTE:
THE DISCOVERY OF UNDECLARED OR MIS-DECLARED DANGEROUS
GOODS OR THE DISCOVERY OF DANGEROUS GOODS FORBIDDEN FOR
CARRIAGE BY PASSENGERS (DISCOVERED AFTER THE CHECK-IN PROCESS)
MUST BE REPORTED TO THE CAA see chapter (9)11.10

Safety Data Sheets

GHS/CHIP Consumer Labelling (Overview)

9.4.1.3

CO

TR

REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation & restriction of CHemicals) is


a European Union regulation controlling chemicals in Europe. REACH requires
for many substances and mixtures, a Safety Data Sheet (SDS) to be provided
either before or at the time of first delivery. Section 14 of the EU format SDS
provides basic classification information, i.e. UN number, proper shipping
name, Class/Division and Packing Group.

Some everyday household items bear consumer warning labels which may or
may not indicate they are classified as dangerous goods in air transport. All
over the world there are different laws on how to identify the hazardous
properties of chemicals (called classification) and how information about
these hazards is then passed to users (through consumer supply labels and
safety data sheets for workers). This can be confusing because the same
chemical can have different hazard descriptions in different countries. For
example, a chemical could be labelled for supply as toxic in one country, but
not in another. For this reason, the UN brought together experts from
different countries to create the Globally Harmonized System of Classification
and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS).
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.4/4
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

Within Europe, the Regulation on Classification, Labelling and Packaging of


Substances and Mixtures (known as the CLP Regulation) provides a
transitional period to allow a gradual migration to the GHS regime. The
Regulation already applies to the classification of substances and will apply to
mixtures from 1 June 2015.
In the meantime suppliers in the UK may
continue to label goods according to the Chemicals (Hazard Information and
Packaging for Supply) Regulations (CHIP). However, they may as an
alternative choose to classify, label and package mixtures according to CLP.
There are, therefore, two systems of consumer supply labelling that may
indicate the presence of dangerous goods.

GHS Labels

EN

9.4.1.4

CU

Products bearing the following GHS labels ARE classified as dangerous goods:

ED

NOTE: A product bearing the GHS corrosive label (depicted far right
above) is classified as dangerous goods if the signal word Danger and
hazard statement causes serious eye damage applies.

CO

TR

O
LL

Products bearing the following GHS labels (and none of the above) are NOT
classified as dangerous goods:

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.4/5
010414

Eastern airways
9.4.1.5

Operations Manual

CHIP Labels

CHIP labels are represented below together with indications of how goods
bearing such labels may be classified for transport purposes. In the event
that CHIP labels and associated risk phrases cause suspicion that a particular
consignment contains undeclared dangerous goods, it will be necessary to
refer to the Safety Data Sheet applicable to the product (see information
below).
Physiochemical
Description of
hazard
Chemicals that
explode.

Transport classification

oxidising

Chemicals that react


exothermically with
other chemicals.

All substances and preparations


classified in Division 5.1. All
organic peroxides of Division 5.2
other than those which require
an "EXPLOSIVE" subsidiary risk
label.

F+

extremely
flammable

Chemicals that have


an extremely low
flash point and
boiling point, and
gases that catch fire
in contact with air.

Gases of Division 2.1 and


Division 2.3 gases with a
subsidiary risk of Division 2.1.
All substances and preparations
classified in Class 3 Packing
Group I.

highly
flammable

Chemicals that may


catch fire in contact
with air, only need
brief contact with an
ignition source, have
a very low flash point
or evolve highly
flammable gases in
contact with water.

Most substances and


preparations classified as Class 3
Packing Group II. Some solids
classified in Division 4.1. All
substances and preparations
classified in Division 4.2. All
substances and preparations
classified as Division 4.3.

Substances and
preparations with a
flashpoint equal to or
greater than 210C
and less than or
equal to 550C

Some substances and


preparations classified as Class 3
Packing Group II and most
substances and preparations
classified in Class 3 Packing
Group III.

All substances and preparations


classified in Class 1. Organic
peroxides of Division 5.2 which
require an "EXPLOSIVE"
subsidiary risk label.

explosive

EN

Hazard

CU

Abbreviation

None

flammable

None

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

Symb
ol

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.4/6
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

Health
very toxic

Chemicals that at
very low levels
cause damage to
health.

Substances and preparations


classified in Division 6.1 Packing
Group I, and some substances
and preparations classified in
Division 6.1 Packing Group II.

toxic

Chemicals that at
low levels cause
damage to health.

Substances and preparations


classified in Division 6.1 Packing
Group II other than those
classified above, and some
substances and preparations
classified in Division 6.1 Packing
Group III.

Carc Cat 1

category 1
carcinogens
category 2
carcinogens
category 3
carcinogens
category 1
mutagens
category 2
mutagens
category 3
mutagens
category 1
reproductive
toxins
category 2
reproductive
toxins
category 3
reproductive
toxins

Chemicals that may


cause cancer or
increase its
incidence.

Substances and preparations


may be classified in any Class or
Division of Classes 1 to 9
(though normally in Division
6.1) but may however be not
subject to the IATA Dangerous
Goods Regulations and may not
need to be declared as
dangerous goods.

Muta Cat 3
Repr Cat 1

TR

Repr Cat 3

harmful

CO

Xn

Chemicals that
produce or increase
the incidence of
birth defects, which
may be severe,
and/or an
impairment in
reproductive
functions or
capacity
Chemicals that may
cause damage to
health.

EN

O
LL

Repr Cat 2

CU

Muta Cat 2

Chemicals that
induce heritable
genetic defects or
increase their
incidence.

Muta Cat 1

Carc Cat 3

ED

Carc Cat 2

T+

Substances and preparations


classified in Division 6.1 Packing
Group III other than those
classified above, and some
substances and preparations
which are not subject to the
Regulations.

corrosive

Chemicals that may


destroy living tissue
on contact.

The vast majority of substances


and preparations which are
classified as Class 8.

Xi

irritant

Chemicals that may


cause inflammation
to the skin or other
mucous membranes.

Some organic peroxides of


Division 5.2. Otherwise,
substances and preparations are
not subject to the Regulations.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.4/7
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

Environmental
N

dangerous
for the
environment

Chemicals that may


present an
immediate or delayed
danger to one or
more components of
the environment

Substances designated as
severe marine pollutants (a),
marine pollutants (b), and
aquatic pollutants (c).
Substances and preparations
may be classified in any Class or
Division of Classes 1 to 8, and
UN 3077 and UN 3082 in Class
9.

NOTES:
Substances and preparations designated as severe marine pollutant
in the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code.

(b)

Substances and preparations designated as marine pollutant in the


International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code.

(c)

Substances and preparations designated as aquatic pollutants in ADR.

(d)

The above table does not apply to substances and preparations of


Division 6.2 and Class 7 which are not subject to the CHIP
Regulations.

(e)

CHIP labels for mixtures will be replaced by the Globally Harmonized


System (GHS) of labelling on 1 June 2015. Information on CHIP
should be removed after 1 June 2017 once transitional arrangements
cease to apply.

ED

CU

EN

(a)

TR

O
LL

The Shippers declaration must be checked by those responsible for loading


the aeroplane, including the crew, to identify any items of Dangerous Goods.
The requirement for loading Dangerous Goods are; that when passengers are
carried, the dangerous goods must be inaccessible to the passengers. Should
Dangerous Goods be carried with no passengers, they must be accessible to
the crew with certain exceptions (see IATA DGR).

CO

Packages, overpacks or other containers must not be accepted by Eastern


Airways unless they are accompanied by two copies of a Shippers
Declaration for Dangerous Goods.
One copy must travel with the
consignment to final destination and the other must be retained by Eastern
Airways or its approved ground handling agent at the departure airport for at
least 3 months after the safe arrival of the Dangerous Goods.(refer also
section 2.3.3(4).

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.4/8
010414

Eastern airways
9.5

Operations Manual

Emergency Situations [AMC1 SPA.DG.105(b)]

9.5.1 Provision of information for use in responding to in-flight


emergencies [SPA.DG.110]
For those dangerous goods for which
is required, the commander of an
provided with information which can
the response to an emergency arising

a dangerous goods transport document


aircraft carrying such goods must be
be used on board to assist in planning
in-flight involving the dangerous goods.

EN

If an in-flight emergency occurs and the situation permits, the commander


must inform the appropriate Air Traffic Services Unit of any dangerous goods
on board the aeroplane. This information must include the proper shipping
name, the class/division and identified subsidiary risks, the compatibility
group for explosives, the quantity and the location on board.

ED

CU

For those dangerous goods for which a dangerous goods transport document
is required, the commander of an aeroplane carrying such goods must be
provided with information which can be used on board to assist in planning
the response to an emergency arising in-flight involving the dangerous goods.
This information can be provided by the 'Emergency Response Guidance for
Aircraft Incidents Involving Dangerous Goods' (Doc 9481), which is published
by the International Civil Aviation Organisation or by another document giving
similar information.

O
LL

All Eastern Airways Saab 2000 and J41-1650 aircraft have a copy of ICAO Doc
9481 on board.

TR

The Checklist for Dangerous Goods Incidents for Flight Deck/Cabin Crew are
as follows:

FLIGHT CREW BEFORE LANDING


Follow the appropriate aircraft emergency procedures for fire or smoke removal

02

No Smoking sign on

03

Consider landing as soon as possible


Decision to land at nearest suitable Civil or Military aerodrome should be made
sooner than later

CO

01

04

Consider turning off non essential electrical power

05

Determine source of smoke/fumes/fire

06

For Incidents in the Passenger Cabin, this will be handled by the


Cabin Crew

07

Determine emergency response drill code

08

Use guidance from aircraft emergency response drills chart

09

If the situation permits notify ATC of the dangerous goods being carried. The
information is to includeUN Number, Proper Shipping Name, Class/Division,
Compatibility group, subsidiary risks, quantity and location.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.5/1
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

FLIGHT CREW AFTER LANDING


Disembark passengers and crew before opening any cargo compartments doors
Inform ground personnel/emergency services of nature of item and where stowed.
Make appropriate entry in maintenance log
CABIN CREW INITIAL ACTION
Notify Pilot in Command and keep him informed throughout the incident.

02

Coordinate actions with the Pilot in Command.

03

Identify the item

EN

01

CABIN CREW In case of Fire

Use Standard emergency procedures


a) In general water should not be used on a spillage or when fumes are
present.
b) Consider electrical components when using water extinguishers.

CU

01

CABIN CREW In case of fire involving a portable electronic device


Use standard procedure/obtain and use fire extinguisher

02

Remove external electrical power from device

03

Douse device with water(or other non flammable liquid) to


cool cells and prevent ignition of adjacent cells

04

Do not remove device

05

Remove power to remaining electrical outlets until the


aircrafts system can be determined to be free of faults, if
the device was previously plugged in.

TR

O
LL

ED

01

CO

CABIN CREW In case of spillage or leakage


Collect emergency response kit or other useful items
a) Supply of paper towels or newspapers or other absorbent paper/fabric
b) Oven gloves or fire resistant gloves
c) At least 2 polyethylene waste bin bags
d) At least 3 smaller polyethylene bags, i.e. Duty Free or bar sales bags, or
airsickness bags.

02

Don Rubber gloves and Smoke Hood or Smoke Mask---Portable Oxygen

03

Move passengers away from area


a) Use of wet towel or cloth over the mouth and nose
b) Move passengers away from the area

01

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.5/2
010414

Eastern airways

Operations Manual

Place Dangerous Goods item in Polyethylene Bags


a) In case of spill of known or suspected dangerous Goods in powder form
Leave undisturbed: Do not use fir agent or water: Cover with Polyethylene
or other plastic bags and blankets and Keep area isolated
b) Place item in Polyethylene bag. Keep upright, or area of leakage at the top.
Mop up spillage, ascertain any possible reaction between mop up items
and Dangerous Goods: then place soiled towels/gloves/other bags to
protect hands, in separate polyethylene Bag. Expel excess air from the
bags and close tightly.

05

Stow Polyethylene Bags


a) Stow in Empty Catering or Bar Box, close the door and store as far away
from the Flight Crew and passengers as possible.
b) Store in Toilet in a container, secure and lock the door.
c) Do not place against pressure bulkhead of fuselage wall.

06

Treat affected seat cushions/covers in the same manner as Dangerous Goods


item

CU

EN

04

Cover Spillage on Carpet/Floor


a) Cover with Waste Bag or other polyethylene bags.
b) If Carpet contaminated and still causing fumes, roll up and place in large bin
bag or polyethylene bag. To be put in waste bin and stowed as per 05
above.

08

Regularly inspect items stowed away/contaminated furnishings

O
LL

CABIN CREW After Landing

ED

07

Identify to Ground personnel Dangerous Goods item and where stowed.

02

Make appropriate entry in Cabin Defects Log

TR

01

CO

For procedures for responding to emergency situations see (9)11.10.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.5/3
010414

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

9.6 Conditions under which weapons, munitions of war and sporting


weapons may be carried [CAT.GEN.MPA.155] [CAT.GEN.MPA.160]
9.6.1

Need for approval to transport munitions of war

[CAT.GEN.MPA.155]

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Eastern Airways has no approval for the carriage of munitions and weapons of
war. If a requirement arises one off approval will be sought from the
Competent Authority

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.6/1
171114

Eastern Airways
9.6.2

Operations Manual

Carriage of Armed Protection Officers

[EC Regulation 300/2008]

CU

EN

UK Police Protection Officers hold an exemption from the Air Navigation Order
that enables them to carry their weapons on their person when accompanying
specific named VIPs. A condition on the exemption requires the police to
provide the operator with a copy of the relevant exemption in advance of the
flight to demonstrate that the exemption applies to them and the person they
are accompanying. Official Record Series 4 approves the carriage of weapons
by operators in accordance with the exemption issued to UK Police Protection
Officers. Should an operator be asked to carry protection officers bearing
weapons on their person and the Police do not/cannot provide a copy of the
relevant exemptions (preferably when booking the flight), then their weapons
must be stowed in an location that is inaccessible during flight. When the
police officer is not accompanying any of the persons referred to in the
exemption, the unloaded arms and ammunition shall be stowed in a location
which is inaccessible to passengers on the aircraft. The exemption issued to
UK Police Protection Officers and the Official Record Series 4 document each
contain additional conditions with which operators must comply.

This category of protection officer is not normally permitted to carry his/her


gun, ammunition and CS Spray with them in the aircraft cabin of United
Kingdom registered aircraft

O
LL

ED

When a protection officer is accompanying his/her assigned person the


appropriate Government department will contact Easterns Operations to
obtain necessary approval for such carriage of firearms, ammunition and CS
Spray.

TR

A Copy of the CAA Exemption is to be forwarded to Eastern Airways


Operations before the flight begins.

Provided approval is received Eastern Airways Operations is to notify the


following Persons:

CO

Dangerous Goods Manager

Flight Operations Director

Aircraft Commanders
Aviation Security Manager

The Station Manager at the Station of departure is to ensure that he/she


inspects the Protection Officers CAA Dispensation Certificate.
Protection officer travelling other than indicated;normal carriage conditions
apply i.e. Gun/ammunition to be loaded into aircraft hold.
All details must be treated in utmost confidence for security reasons.
There are some limited occasions when the UK CAA may grant one-off
exemptions for persons not on the two exemptions held by the Police, such as
visiting Heads of State, but these will generally only be when accompanied by
UK Protection Officers. In such circumstances, or in the event of a request for
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.6/2
171114

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

non-UK protection officers to carry weapons in the cabin, the operator must
apply to the CAA Dangerous Goods Office.
9.6.3

Notifying commander of the carriage of munitions of war

[CAT.GEN.MPA.155]

Eastern Airways has no approval for the carriage of munitions and weapons of
war. If a requirement arises one off approval will be sought from the
Competent Authority. In this case the Commander must be notified before a
flight if weapons and /or munitions of war are to be carried.

EN

9.6.4 Carriage of sporting weapons when inaccessible to passengers


during flight [CAT.GEN.MPA.160]

CU

Sporting weapons and ammunition for such weapons may be carried without
an approval from an Authority, provided they are stowed in a place on the
aircraft which is inaccessible to passengers during flight and, in the case of
firearms, unloaded.

The passenger and operator (or his agent) must observe all regulations
applicable to the export, import and transit of weapons and ammunition,
applicable in the country of departure, transit and destination.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

Further information regarding the transport of dangerous goods and


munitions of war is available within CAP 789 Ch 17. (Requirements and
guidance material for operators).

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.6/3
171114

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

9.6.5 CARRIAGE OF SPORTING WEAPONS OTHER THAN IN AN


INACCESSIBLE LOCATION
Not applicable to Eastern Airways
9.6.6

SPORTING WEAPONS (GM1 CAT GEN MPA 160)

A firearm is any gun, rifle or pistol that fires a projectile.

(b)

EN

(a) There is no internationally agreed definition of sporting weapons. In


general it may be any weapon that is not a weapon of war or munitions of
war. Sporting weapons include hunting knives, bows and other similar
articles. An antique weapon, which at one time may have been a weapon of
war or munitions of war, such as a musket, may now be regarded as a
sporting weapon.

CU

(c)
The following firearms are generally regarded as being sporting
weapons:

those used for target shooting, clay-pigeon shooting and


competition shooting, providing the weapons are not those on
standard issue to military forces; and

ED

(2)

(1) those designed for shooting game, birds and other animals;

O
LL

(3) airguns, dart guns, starting pistols, etc.

CARRIAGE OF SPORTING GUNS IN AIRCRAFT HOLDS

9.6.6.1

TR

(d) A firearm, which is not a weapon of war or munitions of war, should be


treated as a sporting weapon for the purposes of its carriage on an aircraft.

CARRIAGE OF SPORTING CARTRIDGES/BULLETS

9.6.6.2

CO

All Weapons, must be carried in the aircraft hold which is not be accessible to
passengers anytime during the flight.

Cartridges with explosive or incendiary projectiles are not permitted. Bullets


must be inert projectile. An inert projectile has an explosive charge as part of
the bullet, but only for propulsion reasons, with the explosive charge
occurring within the gun.
Must conform to Class 1.4S Definition as follows:
Refers to cartridges packed or designed so that any dangerous effects from
the accidental functioning of one or more cartridges in a package are confined
within the package unless it has been degraded by fire, when the dangerous
effects are limited to the extent that they do not hinder fire fighting or other
emergency response efforts in the immediate vicinity of the package.
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.6/4
171114

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

Not to exceed 5kgs gross weight per passenger.


Must be securely packed in a strong secure box ensuring that they are
protected against shock and movement. The Box is to be carried in or as
passengers hold baggage.
9.6.6.4

CARRIAGE OF SPORTING WEAPONS

Eastern Airways accept carriage of sporting weapons provided notification of


carriage is made at the time of making the reservation and provided they are
stowed on the aircraft which is inaccessible to passengers during the flight
and in the case of firearms, unloaded.

CU

EN

Any person requesting carriage of firearms or ammunitions must:


Receive prior permission from Eastern Airways
Produce a current license for the weapon / possession of ammunition.
Travel with the weapon / ammunition
Transport the firearms in a rigid, lockable container
Transport the ammunition in a rigid, lockable container

Checking In

ED

Check in staff to inform Airport Security, Airport Police or Customs Officer as


requested.

O
LL

Passenger to provide valid license together with identification at check in.


Firearm must be presented in the lockable container / case and must be
unloaded.

TR

Keys to the case to be held by the passenger.

CO

Labels (as shown below) must be attached to the lockable container / case.

Ammunition allowance up to 5 kgs is to be carried in the passengers hold


baggage in a rigid, locked container

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.6/5
171114

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

FIREARM MUST NOT BE LEFT UNATTENDED AT ANY TIME


Ground handling personnel to complete the Declaration of Surrender of
Firearms form (see below) and distribute the copies as detailed.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Once the documentation has been completed and the container / case
labelled, airport security will accompany the firearm to a safe area ahead of
loading.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.6/6
171114

Operations Manual

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Eastern Airways

LOADING
Sporting weapon / ammunition are to be loaded into inaccessible
hold.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.6/7
171114

Eastern Airways

Operations Manual

Note: Firearm travelling on the J41 aircraft must be loaded into the
POD (hold 4).
IMPORTANT Passenger is not to be made aware of the location of
their firearm.
Departure station nominated handling agent to send a SITA message to the
destination station ensuring all relevant details are included.

Number of firearms (confirm number of firearms per case)


Passenger name
Tag number
Hold loading position

EN

Arrival

CU

The destination airport appointed ground handling agent should plan for the
co-ordination of the sporting weapon offload and subsequent handover of the
firearm to the passenger.

ED

Ground handling personnel must ensure when the sporting weapon is


offloaded it is kept separate to the hand baggage being placed on the valet
trolley.
Sporting weapon must not be placed on the airport carrousel

O
LL

Sporting weapon must not be handed to the passenger without first seeing a
form of identification and copy of the license

TR

Firearm and ammunition to be returned to their owner in the


presence of a Police Officer, Airport Security or a Customs Officer as
requested.

CO

For additional information or assistance, pleased notify Humberside


Operations who will contact the company Dangerous Goods Manager /
Security Manager.

As Eastern Airways holds approval to carry Dangerous Goods , below is a list


of UN Numbers and Proper Shipping names for Class 1 Dangerous Goods that
are not considered to be Munitions of War.
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.6/8
171114

Eastern Airways

Ammunition, smoke
Articles pyrotechnic
Cartridges for weapons, blank
Cartridges, power device
Cartridges, signal
Cartridges small arms, blank
Fireworks
Flares, aerial
Grenades, practice
Rockets, line throwing
Rocket motors (ejector seat cartridges only)
Signal devices, hand
Signals, distress
Signals, smoke

UN 0432
UN 0338
0276 and UN 0323
0312 and UN 0405
UN 0338
UN 0337
0403 and UN 0404
UN 0452
UN 0453

UN 0373

EN

0303
0431 and
0014 and
0275, UN
0054, UN
0014 and
0336 and
0093, UN
0110 and
0240 and
0186
0191 and
0195
0197

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

UN
UN
UN
UN
UN
UN
UN
UN
UN
UN
UN
UN
UN
UN

Operations Manual

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.6/9
171114

Eastern Airways
9.7

TERMINOLOGY [CAT.GEN.MPA.200]

Acceptance Checklist.
A document used to assist in carrying out a check on the external appearance
of packages of dangerous goods and their associated documents to determine
that all appropriate requirements have been met.

Approval.
For the purposes only of compliance with CAT GEN.MPA.200 an authorisation
referred to in the Regulations and issued by an Authority, for the transport of
dangerous goods which are normally forbidden for transport or for other
reasons, as specified in the Technical manual;

EN

Cargo Aircraft.
Any aircraft which is carrying goods or property but not passengers. In this
context the following are not considered to be passengers:
A crew member;

(ii)

An operator's employee permitted by, and carried in accordance


with, the instructions contained in the Operations Manual;

(iii)

An authorised representative of an Authority; or

(iv)

A person with duties in respect of a particular shipment on board.

CU

(i)

O
LL

ED

Dangerous Goods.
Articles or substances which are capable of posing a risk to health, safety,
property or the environment and which are shown in the list of dangerous
goods in the Technical manual or which are classified according to those
Regulations.

CO

TR

Dangerous Goods Accident.


An occurrence associated with and related to the transport of dangerous
goods which results in fatal or serious injury to a person or major property
damage.

Dangerous Goods Incident.


An occurrence, other than a dangerous goods accident, associated with and
related to the transport of dangerous goods, not necessarily occurring on
board an aircraft, which results in injury to a person, property damage, fire,
breakage, spillage, leakage of fluid or radiation or other evidence that the
integrity of the packaging has not been maintained. Any occurrence relating
to the transport of dangerous goods which seriously jeopardises the aircraft or
its occupants is also deemed to constitute a dangerous goods incident.
Dangerous Goods Transport Document.
A document which is specified by the IATA DGR. It is completed by the person
who offers dangerous goods for air transport and contains information about
those dangerous goods.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.7/1
010414

Eastern Airways

Exemption.
For the purposes only of compliance with this Subpart, an authorisation
referred to in the IATA DGR and issued by all the authorities concerned,
providing relief from the requirements of the IATA DGR.
Freight Container.
A freight container is an article of transport equipment for radioactive
materials, designed to facilitate the transport of such materials, either
packaged or unpackaged, by one or more modes of transport.
NOTE: see Unit Load Device where the dangerous goods are not radioactive
materials.

EN

Handling Agent.
An agency which performs on behalf of the operator some or all of the latter's
functions including receiving, loading, unloading, transferring or other
processing of passengers or cargo.

a unit load device is not included in this definition.

NOTE:

CU

Overpack.
An enclosure used by a single shipper to contain one or more packages and to
form one handling unit for convenience of handling and stowage.

ED

Package.
The complete product of the packing operation consisting of the packaging
and its contents prepared for transport.

O
LL

Packaging.
Receptacles and any other components or materials necessary for the
receptacle to perform its containment function.

TR

Serious Injury.
An injury which is sustained by a person in an accident an which:
Requires hospitalisation for more than 48 hours, commencing within
seven days from the date the injury was received; or

b)

Results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers,


toes or nose); or

c)

Involves lacerations which cause severe haemorrhage, nerve, muscle or


tendon damage; or

d)

Involves injury to any internal organ; or

e)

Involves second or third degree burns, or any burns affecting more than
5% of the body surface; or

f)

Involves verified
radiation.

CO

a)

exposure

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

to

infectious

substances

or

injurious

Page 9.7/2
010414

Eastern Airways
Technical Instructions.
The latest effective edition of the Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport
of Dangerous Goods by Air, including the Supplement and any Addendum,
approved and published by decision of the Council of the International Civil
Aviation Organization (ICAO Doc 9284AN/905).
Unit Load Device.
Any type of aircraft container, aircraft pallet with a net, or aircraft pallet with
a net over an igloo.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

NOTE: an overpack is not included in this definition. For a container


containing radioactive materials see the definition for Freight Container.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.7/3
010414

Eastern Airways
9.8

AIRPORT GROUND ACCIDENT/INCIDENT PROCEDURES

All Eastern Airways personnel and appointed ground handling agents


personnel are to ensure that they fully understand their particular airports
ground accident/incident procedures.
An example of an airports procedure could be as follows;
Any person finding or suspecting a Dangerous Goods consignment
to be damaged must take the following action:
Alert Airport Fire Service

2)

Alert Shift Manager

3)

Alert Apron Supervisor

4)

Police and Fire Service will:

EN

1)

evacuate aircraft or building concerned.

b)

Isolate the area and/or substance.

c)

Remove affected persons from the contaminant.

d)

Remove any contaminated clothing.

e)

De-contaminate the subject by sluicing.

f)

As far as possible contain the diluted contaminant until proper


disposal arrangements are made.

g)

Convey affected persons to a particular hospital casualty


department.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

a)

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.8/1
010414

Eastern Airways
9.9
SPECIAL NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS IN THE EVENT OF AN
ACCIDENT OR OCCURRENCE WHEN DANGEROUS GOODS ARE BEING
CARRIED OR HAVE BEEN OFFERED FOR AIR TRANSPORT WITHOUT
HAVING BEEN PREPARED AND DECLARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
IATA DANGEROUS GOODS REGULATIONS, ALL MORS INCIDENTS ARE
TO BE REPORTED [SPA.DG.110]
9.9.1 Information to be Provided by the Pilot-in-Command in the
Event of an In-Flight Emergency [AMC1 SPA.DG.105(b)]

EN

If an in-flight emergency occurs and the situation permits the commander


must inform the appropriate Air Traffic Services Unit of any dangerous goods
on board.
This information should include the proper shipping name,
class/division, identified subsidiary risk(s), compatibility group for explosives,
quantity and location on board.

CU

9.9.2 Information to be provided by the operator in the event of an


aircraft accident or serious incident where dangerous goods carried
as cargo may be involved [SPA.DG.110]

O
LL

ED

If an aircraft carrying dangerous goods as cargo is involved in an accident or


serious incident where the dangerous goods may be involved, Eastern Airways
must provide information, without delay, to emergency services responding to
the accident or serious incident about the dangerous goods on board, as
shown on the copy of the information to the pilot-in-command (NOTOC).
This information must include the following
the air waybill number (when issued)

b)

the proper shipping name (supplemented with the technical name(s) if


applicable

c)

the class or division, and subsidiary risk(s) corresponding to the


subsidiary risk label(s) applied, by numerals, and (in the case of class
1) the compatibility group

CO

the packing group shown on the dangerous goods transport document

d)

TR

a)

e)

the number of packages and their exact loading location.

f)

The net quantity or gross mass if applicable of each package, except


that this does not apply to radioactive material or other dangerous
goods where the net quantity or gross mass is not required on the
dangerous goods transport document. For a consignment consisting of
multiple packages containing dangerous goods bearing the same proper
shipping name and UN number; only the total quantity and an indication
of the quantity of the largest and smallest package at each loading
location needs to be provided.

g)

Whether the must be carried on cargo aircraft only;

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.9/1
010414

Eastern Airways

h)

The aerodrome at which the package(s) are to be unloaded

i)

Where applicable, an indication that the dangerous goods are being


carried under a state exemption.

As soon as possible, the operator must also provide this information to the
CAA Dangerous Goods Office and the appropriate authority of the State in
which the accident or serious incident occurred. In the first instance, the
Dangerous Goods Office should be alerted to the incident or accident by
phone using the following number:
Telephone +44 (0) 1293 573800
Information by the operator in the event of an aircraft incident

9.9.3

EN

[AMC1 SPA.DG.105(b)]

9.9.4

CU

In the event of an aircraft incident, Eastern Airways as the operator of an


aircraft carrying dangerous goods as cargo must, if requested to do so,
provide information without delay to the emergency services responding to
the incident and to the appropriate authority of the State in which the incident
occurred, about the dangerous goods on board, as shown on the copy of the
information to the pilot-in-command (NOTOC). For aircraft accidents and
serious incidents. (see Part A 11.11)
Dangerous Goods Accident and Incident Reports

ED

[CAT.GEN.MPA.200(e)] (For Airport Ground Accident/incident procedures

refer to 9.8).

TR

O
LL

Definition of dangerous goods accident: An occurrence associated with


and related to the transport of dangerous goods by air which results in fatal or
serious injury to a person or major property or environmental damage.

CO

Definition of dangerous goods incident: An occurrence other than a


dangerous goods accident associated with and related to the transport of
dangerous goods by air, not necessarily occurring on board an aircraft, which
results in injury to a person, property or environmental damage, fire,
breakage, spillage, leakage of fluid or radiation or other evidence that the
integrity of the packaging has not been maintained. Any occurrence relating
to the transport of dangerous goods which seriously jeopardises an aircraft or
its occupants is also deemed to be a dangerous goods incident.
NOTE:
A dangerous goods accident or incident may also constitute an
aircraft accident or incident as specified in ICAO Annex 13 Aircraft
Accident and Incident Investigation.

An operator must report dangerous goods accidents and incidents to the


appropriate authorities of the State of the Operator and the State in which the
accident or incident occurred in accordance with the reporting requirements of
those appropriate authorities.
NOTE:
This includes incidents involving dangerous goods that are not
subject to all or part of these Instructions through the application of an
exception or of a special provision (e.g. an incident involving the short
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.9/2
010414

Eastern Airways
circuiting of a dry cell battery that is required to meet short-circuit
prevention conditions in a special provision of 3;3).

An operator must report to the State of the Operator and the State of Origin
any occasion when:
a)

dangerous goods are discovered to have been carried when not


correctly loaded, segregated, separated or secured

b)

dangerous goods are discovered to have been carried without


information having been provided to the pilot-in-command (when
required) or the information is inadequate

EN

An operator must report any occasion when undeclared or misdeclared


dangerous goods are discovered in cargo or mail. Such a report must be
made to the appropriate authorities of the State of the Operator and the State
in which this occurred.

CU

An operator must report any occasion when dangerous goods that are not
permitted are discovered in the baggage or on the person of passengers (after
check-in) or crew members. Such a report must be made to the appropriate
authority of the State in which this occurred.

O
LL

ED

In addition to the requirements of the Dangerous Goods Regulations for the


reporting of dangerous goods occurrences above, ORO.GEN.160 and the Air
Navigation Order require that any incident which endangers or which, if not
corrected, would endanger an aircraft, its occupants or any other person is
reported to CAA Safety Data the CAA in accordance with CAP
382. Dangerous goods occurrences reportable under the Mandatory
Occurrence Reporting Scheme include:
Dangerous goods found not to have been secured to prevent
movement.

Damage to packages of dangerous goods

NOTOC errors where dangerous goods have not been stowed in


accordance with loading instructions

Failure to prepare electric wheelchairs in order to prevent accidental


activation

CO

N
U

TR

Electric wheelchairs found not to have been stowed and secured


correctly
Leakage of dangerous goods from passenger baggage

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.9/3
010414

Eastern Airways

NOTE: Dangerous goods occurrences meeting the criteria of ORO.GEN.160


also meet the definition of a dangerous goods accident or incident (above),
reportable in accordance with [CAT.GEN.MPA.200(e)]
Accordingly, the
report must be made to CAA Safety Data within 72 hours (rather than 96),
unless exceptional circumstances prevent this.

EN

A dangerous goods accident or dangerous goods incident not meeting the


MOR criteria must be reported to the CAA Dangerous Goods Office within 72
hours, unless exceptional circumstances prevent this. If necessary, a
subsequent report shall be made as soon as possible giving all the details that
were not known at the time the first report was sent. If a report has been
made verbally, written confirmation shall be sent as soon as possible. Any
type of accident or incident must be reported irrespective of whether the
dangerous goods are in cargo, mail, stores, passengers baggage or crew
baggage.

CU

NOTE: Within Eastern Airways the reporting of Dangerous Goods incidents,


accidents and undeclared goods is by completion of an Eastern Airways Air
Safety Report (ASR), General Safety Report (GSR) or a Maintenance Safety
Report (MSR). See Appendix B for examples of the ASR, GSR and MSR

Personnel are to complete and forward the report in accordance with OM Part
A Section 11.11.

O
LL

ED

Third Party Handling Agents are to complete a Ground Safety Report when
reporting Dangerous Goods incidents, accidents and undeclared goods, the
report is to be forwarded to Eastern Airways Operations for the attention of
the Safety Department.

TR

In addition so as to ensure urgent action is taken, as soon as the


accident/incident/occurrence takes place, an immediate Telephone call is
made to Eastern Airways Operations and the Dangerous Goods Manager or
her deputy indicating the initial findings and actions taken.

CO

CAA Report forms are available via the Publications section at www.caa.co.uk

Dangerous goods occurrences meeting the MOR Criteria are to be reported


using CAA Form SRG 1601 (or similar).

Dangerous goods occurrences (not meeting the MOR criteria) may be reported
using the following forms:
CAA Form SRG 2808 may be used to report a dangerous goods occurrence
involving cargo or unaccompanied baggage.
CAA Form SRG 2809 may be used to report a dangerous goods occurrence
involving a passenger/crew member or their baggage.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.9/4
010414

Eastern Airways
The first and any subsequent report shall be as precise as possible and
contain such of the following data that are relevant:
Date of the incident or accident or the finding of undeclared or
misdeclared dangerous goods;

Location, the flight number and flight date;

Description of the goods and the reference number of the air waybill,
pouch, baggage tag, ticket, etc;

Proper shipping name (including the technical name, if appropriate) and


UN/ID number, when known;

Class or division and any subsidiary risk;

Type of packaging, and the packaging specification marking on it;

Quantity of dangerous goods;

Name and address of the shipper, passenger, etc;

Any other relevant details;

Suspected cause of the incident or accident;

Action taken;

Any other reporting action taken; and

Name, title, address and telephone number of the person making the
report.

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

TR

Copies of relevant documents and any photographs taken should be attached


to a report.

CO

NOTE: IF SAFE TO DO SO, THE DANGEROUS GOODS INVOLVED IN THE


ACCIDENT OR INCIDENT SHOULD BE HELD PENDING CAA INVESTIGATION.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.9/5
010414

Eastern Airways
9.9 5

Removal of Contamination [SPA.DG.105]

[OM PART A section 11.13]

EN

In the event of a spillage or leakage of dangerous goods within an aircraft,


the position where the dangerous goods or unit load device was stowed on
the aircraft must be inspected for damage or contamination and any
hazardous contamination removed. The hazard of the dangerous goods
within packages concerned may be established by checking the entry on the
NOTOC for that loading position or from hazard labels applied to the
packages. The hazard classes and divisions of dangerous goods within an
ULD may also be identified from the NOTOC or otherwise, should package
labels not be visible, from the ULD tag bearing red hatchings applied to the
outside of the ULD.

Persons responding in the event of damage to or leakage of dangerous goods


from packages must:
Identify the hazards and wear appropriate protective clothing including
chemical leakage

avoid handling the package or keep handling to a minimum;

inspect adjacent packages for contamination and put aside any that may
have been contaminated;

arrange for decontamination of the aircraft and equipment

in the case of infectious material, inform the appropriate public health


authority or veterinary authority, and provide information to any other
countries of transit where persons may have been exposed to danger;
and to notify the shipper and/or the consignee.

if it is evident that a package containing radioactive material is damaged


or leaking, or if it is suspected that the package may have leaked or
been damaged, access to the package must be restricted and a qualified
person must, as soon as possible, assess the extent of contamination
and the resultant radiation level of the package.

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

The scope of the assessment must include the package, the aircraft, the
adjacent loading and unloading areas and, if necessary, all other
material which has been carried in the aircraft.
When necessary, additional steps for the protection of persons, property
and the environment, must be taken in accordance with provisions
established by the relevant competent authority, to overcome and
minimize the consequences of such leakage or damage.
An aeroplane which has been contaminated by radioactive materials
must be immediately taken out of service and not returned until the
radiation level at any accessible surface and the non-fixed
contamination are not more than the values specified in the
Regulations.
GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.9/6
010414

Eastern Airways
In the event of non compliance with any limit in the Regulations
applicable to radiation level or contamination, the operator must ensure

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

the shipper is informed if the non-compliance is identified during


transport; take immediate steps to mitigate the consequences of the
non-compliance; communicate the non-compliance to the shipper and
relevant competent Authority(ies), respectively, as soon as practicable
and immediately whenever an emergency situation has developed or is
developing.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.9/7
010414

Eastern Airways

9.10 TRAINING FOR TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS


(Operations Personnel Including Crew Members)

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Refer to Part D, Section 2.4.

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9.10/0
010414

Eastern Airways

APPENDIX ATO SECTION 9 (as per IATA DGR checklist)


DANGEROUS GOODS CLASSES / PACKING GROUPS
CLASS 1 EXPLOSIVES
Division 1.1 Articles and substances having a mass explosion hazard.
Division 1.2 Articles and substances having a projection hazard but not a mass Explosion
hazard.
Division 1.3 Articles and substances having a fire hazard, a minor blast hazard and/or a
minor projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard.
Division 1.4 Articles and substances presenting no significant hazard.
Division 1.5 Very insensitive substances having a mass explosion hazard.
Division 1.6 Extremely insensitive articles which do not have a mass explosion hazard.

EN

CLASS 2 GAS
Division 2.1 Flammable Gas
Division 2.2 Non Flammable, non toxic gas
Division 2.3 Toxic gas

CU

CLASS 3 FLAMMABLE LIQUID

ED

CLASS 4 FLAMMABLE SOLIDS: SUBSTANCES LIABLE TO SPONTANEOUS


COMBUSTION; SUBSTANCES WHICH IN CONTACT WITH WATER EMIT FLAMMABLE
GASES.
Division 4.1 Flammable solid
Division 4.2 Substances liable to spontaneous combustion
Division 4.3 Substances, which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases.

O
LL

CLASS 5 OXIDISING SUBSTANCES AND ORGANIC PEROXIDES


Division 5.1 Oxidisers
Division 5.2 Organic peroxides Class

TR

CLASS 6 TOXIC AND INFECTIOUS SUBSTANCES


Division 6.1 Toxic substances
Division 6.2 Infectious substances

CLASS 7 RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL

CO

CLASS 8 CORROSIVES

CLASS 9 MISCELLANEOUS DANGEROUS GOODS

PACKING GROUPS
Packing Group I
Great Danger
Packing Group II
Medium Danger
Packing Group III
Minor Damage

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9A/0
140812

Eastern Airways

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

APPENDIX B TO SECTION 9 ASR / GSR / MSR FORMS

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9B/1
010414

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Eastern Airways

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9B/2
010414

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Eastern Airways

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9B/3
010414

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Eastern Airways

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9B/4
010414

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Eastern Airways

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9B/5
010414

CO

TR

O
LL

ED

CU

EN

Eastern Airways

GOM Section 9
DANGEROUS GOODS AND WEAPONS

Page 9B/6
010414

S-ar putea să vă placă și